Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 5995:ef83b423ebf7 v7.4.338
updated for version 7.4.338
Problem: Cannot wrap lines taking indent into account.
Solution: Add the 'breakindent' option. (many authors, final improvements by
Christian Brabandt)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 25 Jun 2014 14:39:50 +0200 |
| parents | 81f5a056b2a5 |
| children | ea2c5dfee1b0 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
19 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
20 static void init_users __ARGS((void)); |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
21 #endif |
| 7 | 22 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); |
| 23 | |
| 3744 | 24 /* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */ |
| 25 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 26 static garray_T ga_users; | |
| 27 #endif | |
| 28 | |
| 7 | 29 /* |
| 30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 31 */ | |
| 32 int | |
| 33 get_indent() | |
| 34 { | |
| 5995 | 35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 36 } |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 43 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 44 { | |
| 5995 | 45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 46 } |
| 47 | |
| 48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 49 /* | |
| 50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 51 * "buf". | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 55 buf_T *buf; | |
| 56 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 57 { | |
| 5995 | 58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 59 } |
| 60 #endif | |
| 61 | |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 64 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 65 */ | |
| 164 | 66 int |
| 5995 | 67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts, list) |
| 7 | 68 char_u *ptr; |
| 69 int ts; | |
| 5995 | 70 int list; /* if TRUE, count only screen size for tabs */ |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 72 int count = 0; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 75 { | |
| 5995 | 76 if (*ptr == TAB) |
| 77 { | |
| 78 if (!list || lcs_tab1) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 79 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 80 else | |
| 81 /* in list mode, when tab is not set, count screen char width for Tab: ^I */ | |
| 82 count += ptr2cells(ptr); | |
| 83 } | |
| 7 | 84 else if (*ptr == ' ') |
| 85 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 86 else | |
| 87 break; | |
| 88 } | |
| 164 | 89 return count; |
| 7 | 90 } |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 94 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 95 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 96 * "flags": | |
| 97 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 98 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 99 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 100 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 101 */ | |
| 102 int | |
| 103 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 104 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 105 int flags; |
| 106 { | |
| 107 char_u *p; | |
| 108 char_u *newline; | |
| 109 char_u *oldline; | |
| 110 char_u *s; | |
| 111 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 112 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 113 int line_len; |
| 114 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 115 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 116 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 117 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 118 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 119 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 120 |
| 121 /* | |
| 122 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 123 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 124 */ | |
| 125 todo = size; | |
| 126 ind_len = 0; | |
| 127 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 128 | |
| 129 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 130 * isn't already set */ | |
| 131 | |
| 1324 | 132 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 133 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 134 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 135 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 136 { |
| 137 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 138 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 139 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 140 { | |
| 141 ind_done = 0; | |
| 142 | |
| 143 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 144 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 145 { | |
| 146 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 147 { | |
| 148 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 149 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 150 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 151 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 152 break; | |
| 153 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 154 ++ind_len; | |
| 155 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 156 } | |
| 157 else | |
| 158 { | |
| 159 --todo; | |
| 160 ++ind_len; | |
| 161 ++ind_done; | |
| 162 } | |
| 163 ++p; | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 | |
| 1324 | 166 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 167 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 168 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 169 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 170 | |
| 7 | 171 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 172 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 173 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 174 { |
| 175 doit = TRUE; | |
| 176 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 177 ++ind_len; | |
| 178 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 179 } | |
| 180 } | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 183 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 184 { | |
| 185 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 186 doit = TRUE; | |
| 187 else | |
| 188 ++p; | |
| 189 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 190 ++ind_len; | |
| 191 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 } | |
| 194 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 195 while (todo > 0) | |
| 196 { | |
| 197 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 198 doit = TRUE; | |
| 199 else | |
| 200 ++p; | |
| 201 --todo; | |
| 202 ++ind_len; | |
| 203 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 204 } | |
| 205 | |
| 206 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 207 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 208 return FALSE; | |
| 209 | |
| 210 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 211 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 212 p = oldline; | |
| 213 else | |
| 214 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 215 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 216 |
| 217 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 218 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 219 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 220 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 221 { |
| 222 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 223 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 224 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 225 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 226 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 227 * characters, which may have been | |
| 228 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 229 p = oldline; |
| 230 s = newline; | |
| 231 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 232 { | |
| 233 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 234 orig_char_len--; | |
| 235 } | |
| 1474 | 236 |
| 1324 | 237 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 238 * than old) */ | |
| 239 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 240 ++p; |
| 1348 | 241 |
| 1324 | 242 } |
| 243 else | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 todo = size; | |
| 246 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 247 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 248 return FALSE; | |
| 249 s = newline; | |
| 250 } | |
| 7 | 251 |
| 252 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 253 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 254 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 255 { | |
| 256 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 257 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 258 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 259 { | |
| 260 p = oldline; | |
| 261 ind_done = 0; | |
| 262 | |
| 263 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 264 { | |
| 265 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 266 { | |
| 267 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 268 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 269 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 270 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 271 break; | |
| 272 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 273 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 else | |
| 276 { | |
| 277 --todo; | |
| 278 ++ind_done; | |
| 279 } | |
| 280 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 281 } | |
| 282 | |
| 283 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 284 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 285 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 286 { | |
| 287 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 288 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 | |
| 291 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 297 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 298 } | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 while (todo > 0) | |
| 301 { | |
| 302 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 303 --todo; | |
| 304 } | |
| 305 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 306 | |
| 307 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 308 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 311 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 312 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 5403 | 313 /* Correct saved cursor position if it is in this line. */ |
| 314 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 315 { | |
| 316 if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 317 /* cursor was after the indent, adjust for the number of | |
| 318 * bytes added/removed */ | |
| 319 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); | |
| 320 else if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(s - newline)) | |
| 321 /* cursor was in the indent, and is now after it, put it back | |
| 322 * at the start of the indent (replacing spaces with TAB) */ | |
| 323 saved_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(s - newline); | |
| 324 } | |
| 217 | 325 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 326 } |
| 327 else | |
| 328 vim_free(newline); | |
| 329 | |
| 330 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 331 return retval; |
| 7 | 332 } |
| 333 | |
| 334 /* | |
| 335 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 336 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 337 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 338 */ | |
| 339 static int | |
| 340 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 341 int size; | |
| 342 char_u *src; | |
| 343 { | |
| 344 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 345 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 346 char_u *s; | |
| 347 int todo; | |
| 348 int ind_len; | |
| 349 int line_len = 0; | |
| 350 int tab_pad; | |
| 351 int ind_done; | |
| 352 int round; | |
| 353 | |
| 354 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 355 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 356 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 357 { | |
| 358 todo = size; | |
| 359 ind_len = 0; | |
| 360 ind_done = 0; | |
| 361 s = src; | |
| 362 | |
| 363 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 364 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 365 { | |
| 366 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 367 { | |
| 368 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 369 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 370 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 371 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 372 break; | |
| 373 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 374 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 375 } | |
| 376 else | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 --todo; | |
| 379 ++ind_done; | |
| 380 } | |
| 381 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 382 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 383 *p++ = *s; |
| 384 ++s; | |
| 385 } | |
| 386 | |
| 387 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 388 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 389 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 390 { |
| 391 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 392 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 393 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 394 *p++ = TAB; |
| 395 } | |
| 396 | |
| 397 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 398 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 399 { |
| 400 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 401 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 402 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 403 *p++ = TAB; |
| 404 } | |
| 405 | |
| 406 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 407 while (todo > 0) | |
| 408 { | |
| 409 --todo; | |
| 410 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 411 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 412 *p++ = ' '; |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 840 | 415 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 416 { |
| 417 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 418 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 419 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 420 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 421 if (line == NULL) | |
| 422 return FALSE; | |
| 423 p = line; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 } | |
| 426 | |
| 427 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 428 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 429 | |
| 430 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 431 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 432 | |
| 433 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 434 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 435 return TRUE; | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 | |
| 438 /* | |
| 439 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 440 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 441 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 442 */ |
| 443 int | |
| 444 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 445 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 colnr_T col; | |
| 448 pos_T pos; | |
| 449 | |
| 3632 | 450 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 451 int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 452 | |
| 7 | 453 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 454 return -1; | |
| 41 | 455 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 456 |
| 457 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 3632 | 458 /* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */ |
| 459 if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS)) | |
| 3584 | 460 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3632 | 461 #endif |
| 462 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 463 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 466 | |
| 467 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 468 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 469 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 472 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 41 | 473 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3632 | 474 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 475 #endif | |
| 476 } | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
477 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
478 } |
| 41 | 479 |
| 480 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 481 return -1; |
| 482 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 483 return (int)col; | |
| 484 } | |
| 485 | |
| 5995 | 486 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) |
| 487 /* | |
| 488 * Return appropriate space number for breakindent, taking influencing | |
| 489 * parameters into account. Window must be specified, since it is not | |
| 490 * necessarily always the current one. | |
| 491 */ | |
| 492 int | |
| 493 get_breakindent_win(wp, line) | |
| 494 win_T *wp; | |
| 495 char_u *line; /* start of the line */ | |
| 496 { | |
| 497 static int prev_indent = 0; /* cached indent value */ | |
| 498 static long prev_ts = 0L; /* cached tabstop value */ | |
| 499 static char_u *prev_line = NULL; /* cached pointer to line */ | |
| 500 int bri = 0; | |
| 501 /* window width minus window margin space, i.e. what rests for text */ | |
| 502 const int eff_wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 503 - ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) | |
| 504 && (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL) | |
| 505 ? number_width(wp) + 1 : 0); | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /* used cached indent, unless pointer or 'tabstop' changed */ | |
| 508 if (prev_line != line || prev_ts != wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts) | |
| 509 { | |
| 510 prev_line = line; | |
| 511 prev_ts = wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts; | |
| 512 prev_indent = get_indent_str(line, | |
| 513 (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, wp->w_p_list) + wp->w_p_brishift; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 | |
| 516 /* indent minus the length of the showbreak string */ | |
| 517 bri = prev_indent; | |
| 518 if (wp->w_p_brisbr) | |
| 519 bri -= vim_strsize(p_sbr); | |
| 520 | |
| 521 /* Add offset for number column, if 'n' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 522 bri += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 523 | |
| 524 /* never indent past left window margin */ | |
| 525 if (bri < 0) | |
| 526 bri = 0; | |
| 527 /* always leave at least bri_min characters on the left, | |
| 528 * if text width is sufficient */ | |
| 529 else if (bri > eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin) | |
| 530 bri = (eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin < 0) | |
| 531 ? 0 : eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin; | |
| 532 | |
| 533 return bri; | |
| 534 } | |
| 535 #endif | |
| 536 | |
| 537 | |
| 7 | 538 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) |
| 539 | |
| 540 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 541 | |
| 542 /* | |
| 543 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 544 */ | |
| 545 static int | |
| 546 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 547 char_u *line; | |
| 548 { | |
| 549 char_u *cinw; | |
| 550 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 551 int cinw_len; | |
| 552 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 553 int len; | |
| 554 | |
| 555 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 556 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 557 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 558 { | |
| 559 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 560 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 561 { | |
| 562 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 563 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 564 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 565 { | |
| 566 retval = TRUE; | |
| 567 break; | |
| 568 } | |
| 569 } | |
| 570 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 571 } | |
| 572 return retval; | |
| 573 } | |
| 574 #endif | |
| 575 | |
| 576 /* | |
| 577 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 578 * | |
| 579 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 580 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 581 * | |
| 582 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 583 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 584 * new line. | |
| 585 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 586 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 587 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 588 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 589 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 590 * | |
| 591 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 592 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 593 * |
| 594 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 595 */ | |
| 596 int | |
| 3584 | 597 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 598 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 599 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 600 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 601 { |
| 602 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 603 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 604 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 605 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 606 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 607 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 608 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 609 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 610 int n; | |
| 611 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 612 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 613 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 614 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 615 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 616 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 617 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 618 #endif | |
| 619 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 620 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 621 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 622 char_u *p; | |
| 623 #endif | |
| 624 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 625 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 626 pos_T *pos; | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 629 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 630 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 631 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 632 # endif | |
| 633 ); | |
| 634 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 635 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 636 #endif | |
| 637 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 638 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 639 #endif | |
| 640 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 641 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 642 | |
| 643 /* | |
| 644 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 645 */ | |
| 646 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 647 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 648 return FALSE; | |
| 649 | |
| 650 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 651 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 655 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 656 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 657 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 658 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 659 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 660 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 661 */ | |
| 662 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 663 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 664 else | |
| 665 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 666 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 667 goto theend; | |
| 668 | |
| 669 /* | |
| 670 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 671 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 672 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 673 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 674 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 675 */ | |
| 676 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 677 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 678 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 679 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 680 { |
| 681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 682 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 683 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 684 else | |
| 685 #endif | |
| 686 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 687 } | |
| 7 | 688 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 689 } | |
| 690 #endif | |
| 691 | |
| 692 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 693 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 694 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 695 #endif | |
| 696 ) | |
| 697 { | |
| 698 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 699 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 700 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 703 first_char = *p; | |
| 704 } | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 707 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 708 #endif | |
| 709 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 710 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
| 713 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 714 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 715 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 716 #endif | |
| 717 ai_col = 0; | |
| 718 | |
| 719 /* | |
| 720 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 721 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 722 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 723 */ | |
| 724 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 725 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 726 | |
| 727 /* | |
| 728 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 729 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 730 */ | |
| 731 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 732 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 733 || do_si | |
| 734 #endif | |
| 735 ) | |
| 736 { | |
| 737 /* | |
| 738 * count white space on current line | |
| 739 */ | |
| 5995 | 740 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 3584 | 741 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 742 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 743 |
| 744 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 745 /* | |
| 746 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 747 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 748 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 749 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 750 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 751 */ | |
| 752 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 753 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 754 { | |
| 755 char_u *ptr; | |
| 756 char_u last_char; | |
| 757 | |
| 758 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 759 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 760 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 761 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 762 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 763 else |
| 764 lead_len = 0; | |
| 765 # endif | |
| 766 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 767 { | |
| 768 /* | |
| 769 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 770 * recognised as comments. | |
| 771 */ | |
| 772 if ( | |
| 773 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 774 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 775 # endif | |
| 776 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 777 { | |
| 778 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 779 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 780 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 781 } | |
| 782 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 783 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 784 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 785 else |
| 786 lead_len = 0; | |
| 787 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 788 { | |
| 789 /* | |
| 790 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 791 * \* | |
| 792 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 793 * *\ | |
| 794 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 795 * This should line up here; | |
| 796 */ | |
| 797 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 798 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 799 p++; | |
| 800 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 801 { | |
| 802 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 803 { | |
| 804 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 /* | |
| 807 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 808 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 809 * the comment | |
| 810 */ | |
| 811 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 812 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 813 { | |
| 814 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 815 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 } | |
| 818 } | |
| 819 } | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 822 # endif | |
| 823 { | |
| 824 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 825 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 826 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 827 --p; | |
| 828 last_char = *p; | |
| 829 | |
| 830 /* | |
| 831 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 832 */ | |
| 833 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 834 { | |
| 835 if (p > ptr) | |
| 836 --p; | |
| 837 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 838 --p; | |
| 839 } | |
| 840 /* | |
| 841 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 842 * lines. eg: | |
| 843 * if (condition && | |
| 844 * condition) { | |
| 845 * Should line up here! | |
| 846 * } | |
| 847 */ | |
| 848 if (*p == ')') | |
| 849 { | |
| 850 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 851 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 854 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 855 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 856 } | |
| 857 } | |
| 858 /* | |
| 859 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 860 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 861 */ | |
| 862 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 863 { | |
| 864 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 865 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 866 } | |
| 867 /* | |
| 868 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 869 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 870 * '}'. | |
| 871 */ | |
| 872 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 873 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 874 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 875 } | |
| 876 } | |
| 877 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 878 { | |
| 879 /* | |
| 880 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 881 * recognised as comments. | |
| 882 */ | |
| 883 if ( | |
| 884 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 885 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 886 # endif | |
| 887 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 888 { | |
| 889 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 890 | |
| 891 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 892 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 893 { | |
| 894 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 895 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 896 else | |
| 897 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 898 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 899 } | |
| 900 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 901 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 902 else | |
| 903 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 904 } | |
| 905 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 906 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 907 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 908 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 909 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 910 } | |
| 911 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 912 } | |
| 913 if (do_si) | |
| 914 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 915 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 916 | |
| 917 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 918 } | |
| 919 | |
| 920 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 921 /* | |
| 922 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 923 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 924 */ | |
| 925 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 926 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 927 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 928 else |
| 929 lead_len = 0; | |
| 930 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 931 { | |
| 932 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 933 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 934 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 935 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 936 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 937 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 938 int current_flag; | |
| 939 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 940 char_u *p2; | |
| 941 | |
| 942 /* | |
| 943 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 944 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 945 */ | |
| 946 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 947 { | |
| 948 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 949 { | |
| 950 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 951 continue; | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 954 { | |
| 955 current_flag = *p; | |
| 956 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 957 { | |
| 958 /* | |
| 959 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 960 */ | |
| 961 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 962 { | |
| 963 lead_len = 0; | |
| 964 break; | |
| 965 } | |
| 966 | |
| 967 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 968 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 969 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 | |
| 972 /* | |
| 973 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 974 */ | |
| 975 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 976 { | |
| 977 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 978 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 979 ++p; | |
| 980 } | |
| 981 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 982 | |
| 983 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 986 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 987 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 988 ++p; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 991 | |
| 992 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 993 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 994 | |
| 995 /* | |
| 996 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 997 * the comment leader. | |
| 998 */ | |
| 999 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1000 { | |
| 1001 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 1002 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 comment_end = p; | |
| 1005 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1006 break; | |
| 1007 } | |
| 1008 } | |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 /* | |
| 1011 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 1012 */ | |
| 1013 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 1014 { | |
| 1015 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 1016 { | |
| 1017 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 1018 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 1019 } | |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 /* | |
| 1022 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 1023 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 1024 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 1025 */ | |
| 1026 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 1027 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 1028 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 1029 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 1030 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 1031 || require_blank)) | |
| 1032 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1033 } | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 } | |
| 1036 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 1037 { | |
| 1038 /* | |
| 1039 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 1040 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 1041 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 1042 */ | |
| 1043 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1044 { | |
| 1045 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 1046 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1047 break; | |
| 1048 } | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 /* | |
| 1051 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 1052 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 1053 */ | |
| 1054 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 1055 --p; | |
| 1056 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 1057 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 1058 ; | |
| 1059 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 1062 * the comment-end */ | |
| 1063 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 1066 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 1067 { | |
| 1068 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 1069 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1070 } | |
| 1071 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1072 { | |
| 1073 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1074 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1075 p2++; | |
| 1076 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1077 } | |
| 1078 break; | |
| 1079 } | |
| 1080 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1081 { | |
| 1082 /* | |
| 1083 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1084 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1085 */ | |
| 1086 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1087 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1088 else | |
| 1089 { | |
| 1090 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1091 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1092 } | |
| 1093 break; | |
| 1094 } | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 if (lead_len) | |
| 1097 { | |
| 3596 | 1098 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1099 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1100 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1101 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1104 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1105 else | |
| 1106 { | |
| 419 | 1107 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1108 |
| 1109 /* | |
| 1110 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1111 */ | |
| 1112 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1113 { | |
| 1114 int c = 0; | |
| 1115 int off = 0; | |
| 1116 | |
| 1996 | 1117 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1118 { |
| 1119 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1120 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1121 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1122 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1123 else |
| 1124 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1125 } |
| 1126 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1129 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1130 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1131 ; | |
| 1132 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1133 |
| 1134 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1135 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1136 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1137 { | |
| 1138 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1139 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1140 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1141 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1142 int l; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1145 { | |
| 39 | 1146 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1147 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1148 } | |
| 835 | 1149 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1150 if (l != 0) |
| 1151 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1152 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1153 lead_len += l; | |
| 1154 } | |
| 1155 #else | |
| 7 | 1156 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1157 p = leader; | |
| 1158 else | |
| 1159 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1160 #endif |
| 7 | 1161 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1162 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1163 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1166 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1167 { |
| 1168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1169 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 if (l > 1) | |
| 1172 { | |
| 1173 p -= l; | |
| 1174 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1175 { | |
| 1176 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1177 --l; | |
| 1178 } | |
| 1179 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1180 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1181 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1182 *p = ' '; | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 else | |
| 1185 #endif | |
| 7 | 1186 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1187 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1188 } |
| 7 | 1189 } |
| 1190 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1191 { | |
| 1192 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1194 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1195 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1196 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1199 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1200 int i; | |
| 1201 int l; | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1204 { | |
| 474 | 1205 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1206 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1207 break; | |
| 1208 } | |
| 1209 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1210 { | |
| 1211 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1212 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1213 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 } | |
| 1216 #endif | |
| 7 | 1217 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1220 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1221 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1222 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1223 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1226 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1227 { | |
| 1228 --lead_len; | |
| 1229 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1230 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 else | |
| 17 | 1233 { |
| 1234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1235 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1236 |
| 1237 if (l > 1) | |
| 1238 { | |
| 1239 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1240 { | |
| 1241 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1242 * two spaces */ | |
| 1243 --l; | |
| 1244 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1245 } | |
| 1246 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1247 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1248 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 #endif | |
| 7 | 1251 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1252 } |
| 7 | 1253 } |
| 1254 *p = NUL; | |
| 1255 } | |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1258 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1259 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1260 || do_si | |
| 1261 #endif | |
| 1262 ) | |
| 5995 | 1263 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 1264 |
| 1265 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1266 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1267 { | |
| 1268 off = -newindent; | |
| 1269 newindent = 0; | |
| 1270 } | |
| 1271 else | |
| 1272 newindent += off; | |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1275 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1276 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1277 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1280 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1281 break; | |
| 1282 --lead_len; | |
| 1283 --off; | |
| 1284 } | |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1287 * extra space */ | |
| 1288 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1289 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1290 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 if (extra_space) | |
| 1294 { | |
| 1295 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1296 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1297 } | |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 /* | |
| 1302 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1303 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1304 */ | |
| 1305 if (newindent | |
| 1306 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1307 || did_si | |
| 1308 #endif | |
| 1309 ) | |
| 1310 { | |
| 1311 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1312 { | |
| 1313 --lead_len; | |
| 1314 --newcol; | |
| 1315 ++leader; | |
| 1316 } | |
| 1317 } | |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 } | |
| 1320 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1321 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1322 #endif | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1325 { | |
| 1326 /* | |
| 1327 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1328 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1329 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1330 * comment. | |
| 1331 */ | |
| 1332 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1333 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1334 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1335 || do_si | |
| 1336 #endif | |
| 1337 )) | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1340 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1341 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1342 { | |
| 1343 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1344 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1347 } | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 #endif | |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1353 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1354 { | |
| 1355 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 /* | |
| 1358 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1359 * non-blank. | |
| 1360 * | |
| 1361 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1362 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1363 */ | |
| 1364 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1365 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1366 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1367 { | |
| 1368 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1370 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1371 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1372 #endif | |
| 1373 ) | |
| 1374 { | |
| 1375 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1376 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1377 ++p_extra; | |
| 1378 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 } | |
| 1381 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1382 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1385 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1386 } | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1389 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1392 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1393 if (lead_len) | |
| 1394 { | |
| 3584 | 1395 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1396 { | |
| 1397 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1398 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1399 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1400 |
| 1401 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1402 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1403 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1404 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1405 { | |
| 1406 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 3705 | 1407 less_cols--; |
| 3584 | 1408 newcol++; |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 } | |
| 7 | 1411 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1412 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1413 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1414 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1415 } | |
| 1416 else | |
| 1417 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1418 #endif | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1421 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1422 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1423 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1424 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1425 #endif | |
| 1426 { | |
| 1427 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1428 == FAIL) | |
| 1429 goto theend; | |
| 1430 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1431 * with markers. */ | |
| 1432 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1433 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1436 else | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 /* | |
| 1439 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1440 */ | |
| 1441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1442 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1443 { | |
| 1444 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1445 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1446 */ | |
| 1447 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1448 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1449 } | |
| 1450 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1451 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1452 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1453 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 #endif | |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 if (newindent | |
| 1458 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1459 || did_si | |
| 1460 #endif | |
| 1461 ) | |
| 1462 { | |
| 1463 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1464 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1465 if (did_si) | |
| 1466 { | |
| 5867 | 1467 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 3740 | 1468 |
| 7 | 1469 if (p_sr) |
| 3740 | 1470 newindent -= newindent % sw; |
| 1471 newindent += sw; | |
| 7 | 1472 } |
| 1473 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1474 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1475 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1476 { |
| 1477 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 /* | |
| 1480 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1481 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1482 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1483 */ | |
| 1484 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1485 } | |
| 1486 else | |
| 1487 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1488 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 /* | |
| 1493 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1494 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1495 */ | |
| 1496 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1497 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1498 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1499 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1500 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1501 if (no_si) | |
| 1502 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1503 #endif | |
| 1504 } | |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1507 /* | |
| 1508 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1509 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1510 */ | |
| 1511 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1512 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1513 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1514 #endif | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1519 { | |
| 1520 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1521 { | |
| 1522 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1523 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1524 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1525 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1526 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1527 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1528 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1529 if (did_append) | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1532 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1533 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1536 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1537 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1538 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1539 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1540 } | |
| 1541 else | |
| 1542 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1543 } | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 /* | |
| 1546 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1547 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1548 */ | |
| 1549 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 } | |
| 1551 if (did_append) | |
| 1552 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1555 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1556 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1557 #endif | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1560 /* | |
| 1561 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1562 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1563 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1564 */ | |
| 1565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1566 { | |
| 1567 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1568 State = INSERT; | |
| 1569 } | |
| 1570 else | |
| 1571 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1572 #endif | |
| 1573 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1574 /* | |
| 1575 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1576 */ | |
| 1577 if (!p_paste | |
| 1578 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1579 && leader == NULL | |
| 1580 # endif | |
| 1581 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1582 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1583 { | |
| 1584 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1585 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1586 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1587 } | |
| 1588 #endif | |
| 1589 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1590 /* | |
| 1591 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1592 */ | |
| 1593 if (!p_paste | |
| 1594 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1595 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1596 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1597 # endif | |
| 1598 ) | |
| 1599 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1600 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1601 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1602 { | |
| 1603 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1604 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1605 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1606 } | |
| 1607 #endif | |
| 1608 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1609 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1610 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1614 /* | |
| 1615 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1616 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1617 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1618 */ | |
| 1619 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1622 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1623 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1624 goto theend; | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1627 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1630 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1631 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1632 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1633 #endif | |
| 1634 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1635 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1636 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1637 } | |
| 1638 #endif | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1641 theend: | |
| 1642 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1643 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1644 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1645 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1646 return retval; | |
| 1647 } | |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1650 /* | |
| 5403 | 1651 * get_leader_len() returns the length in bytes of the prefix of the given |
| 1652 * string which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then | |
| 1653 * 0 is returned. | |
| 7 | 1654 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized |
| 1655 * comment leader. | |
| 1656 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1657 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1658 * length. | |
| 7 | 1659 */ |
| 1660 int | |
| 3562 | 1661 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1662 char_u *line; |
| 1663 char_u **flags; | |
| 1664 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1665 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1666 { |
| 1667 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1668 int result; |
| 7 | 1669 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1670 int found_one; | |
| 1671 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1672 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1673 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1674 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1675 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1676 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1677 |
| 3562 | 1678 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1679 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1680 ++i; | |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 /* | |
| 1683 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1684 */ | |
| 2809 | 1685 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1686 { |
| 1687 /* | |
| 1688 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1689 */ | |
| 1690 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1691 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1692 { | |
| 2809 | 1693 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1694 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1695 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1696 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1697 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1698 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1699 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1700 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1701 continue; | |
| 1702 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1703 | |
| 2809 | 1704 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1705 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1706 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1707 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1708 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1709 break; | |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1712 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1713 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1714 continue; | |
| 1715 | |
| 2809 | 1716 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1717 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1718 continue; | |
| 1719 | |
| 2809 | 1720 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1721 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1722 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1723 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1724 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 4352 | 1727 continue; /* missing white space */ |
| 7 | 1728 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1729 ++string; | |
| 1730 } | |
| 1731 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1732 ; | |
| 1733 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1734 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1737 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1738 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1739 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1740 continue; | |
| 1741 | |
| 2809 | 1742 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1743 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1744 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1745 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1746 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1747 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1748 { | |
| 1749 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1750 { | |
| 1751 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1752 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1753 } | |
| 1754 continue; | |
| 1755 } | |
| 1756 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1757 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1758 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1759 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1762 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1763 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1764 break; | |
| 1765 } | |
| 1766 | |
| 2809 | 1767 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1770 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1771 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1772 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1773 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1774 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1775 } | |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1778 if (!found_one) |
| 1779 break; | |
| 1780 | |
| 3562 | 1781 result = i; |
| 1782 | |
| 2809 | 1783 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1784 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1785 ++i; | |
| 1786 | |
| 3562 | 1787 if (include_space) |
| 1788 result = i; | |
| 1789 | |
| 2809 | 1790 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1791 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1792 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1793 break; | |
| 1794 } | |
| 3562 | 1795 return result; |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 /* | |
| 1799 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1800 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1801 * | |
| 1802 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1803 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1804 */ | |
| 1805 int | |
| 1806 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1807 char_u *line; | |
| 1808 char_u **flags; | |
| 1809 { | |
| 1810 int result = -1; | |
| 1811 int i, j; | |
| 1812 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1813 char_u *string; | |
| 1814 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1815 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1816 char_u *list; | |
| 1817 int found_one; | |
| 1818 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 /* | |
| 1821 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1822 */ | |
| 1823 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1824 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 /* | |
| 1827 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1828 */ | |
| 1829 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1830 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1831 { | |
| 1832 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 /* | |
| 1835 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1836 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1837 */ | |
| 1838 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1839 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1840 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1841 * happen. */ | |
| 1842 { | |
| 1843 continue; | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1846 com_leader = string; | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 /* | |
| 1849 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1850 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1851 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1852 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1853 */ | |
| 1854 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1855 { | |
| 1856 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1857 continue; | |
| 1858 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1859 ++string; | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1862 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1863 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1864 continue; | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 /* | |
| 1867 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1868 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1869 */ | |
| 1870 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1871 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1872 { | |
| 1873 continue; | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 /* | |
| 1877 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 if (flags) | |
| 1882 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1883 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 break; | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 if (found_one) | |
| 1889 { | |
| 1890 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1891 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 result = i; | |
| 1894 /* | |
| 1895 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1896 */ | |
| 1897 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1898 continue; | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1903 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1904 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1905 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1906 */ | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1909 ++com_leader; | |
| 1910 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1913 { | |
| 1914 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1917 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1918 continue; | |
| 1919 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1920 ++string; | |
| 1921 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1922 ++string; | |
| 1923 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1924 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1925 continue; | |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1928 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1929 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 --off; | |
| 1932 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1935 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 } | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 return result; | |
| 7 | 1942 } |
| 1943 #endif | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 /* | |
| 1946 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1947 */ | |
| 1948 int | |
| 1949 plines(lnum) | |
| 1950 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1951 { | |
| 1952 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1953 } | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 int | |
| 1956 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1957 win_T *wp; | |
| 1958 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1959 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1962 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1963 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1964 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1965 } | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 int | |
| 1968 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1969 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1970 { | |
| 1971 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 int | |
| 1975 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1976 win_T *wp; | |
| 1977 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1978 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1979 { | |
| 1980 #endif | |
| 1981 int lines; | |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1984 return 1; | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1987 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1988 return 1; | |
| 1989 #endif | |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1992 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1993 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1994 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1995 return 1; | |
| 1996 #endif | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1999 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 2000 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 2001 return lines; | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 /* | |
| 2005 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 2006 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 2007 */ | |
| 2008 int | |
| 2009 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 2010 win_T *wp; | |
| 2011 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 char_u *s; | |
| 2014 long col; | |
| 2015 int width; | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2018 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 2019 return 1; | |
| 2020 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 /* | |
| 2023 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 2024 * extra column. | |
| 2025 */ | |
| 2026 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 2027 col += 1; | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2030 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 2031 */ |
| 2032 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 2033 if (width <= 0) | |
| 2034 return 32000; | |
| 2035 if (col <= width) | |
| 2036 return 1; | |
| 2037 col -= width; | |
| 2038 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 2039 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 /* | |
| 2043 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 2044 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 2045 */ | |
| 2046 int | |
| 2047 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 2048 win_T *wp; | |
| 2049 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2050 long column; | |
| 2051 { | |
| 2052 long col; | |
| 2053 char_u *s; | |
| 2054 int lines = 0; | |
| 2055 int width; | |
| 5995 | 2056 char_u *line; |
| 7 | 2057 |
| 2058 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2059 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 2060 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 2061 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 2062 #endif | |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2065 return lines + 1; | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2068 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 2069 return lines + 1; | |
| 2070 #endif | |
| 2071 | |
| 5995 | 2072 line = s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2073 |
| 2074 col = 0; | |
| 2075 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2076 { | |
| 5995 | 2077 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); |
| 39 | 2078 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2079 } |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 /* | |
| 2082 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2083 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2084 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2085 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2086 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2087 */ | |
| 2088 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 5995 | 2089 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; |
| 7 | 2090 |
| 2091 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2092 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2093 */ |
| 2094 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2095 if (width <= 0) |
| 2096 return 9999; | |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 lines += 1; | |
| 2099 if (col > width) | |
| 2100 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2101 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2102 } |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 int | |
| 2105 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2106 win_T *wp; | |
| 2107 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2108 { | |
| 2109 int count = 0; | |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 while (first <= last) | |
| 2112 { | |
| 2113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2114 int x; | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2117 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2118 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2119 if (x > 0) | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2122 first += x; | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 else | |
| 2125 #endif | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2128 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2129 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2130 else | |
| 2131 #endif | |
| 2132 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2133 ++first; | |
| 2134 } | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 return (count); | |
| 2137 } | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2140 /* | |
| 2141 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2142 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2143 */ | |
| 2144 void | |
| 2145 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2146 char_u *p; | |
| 2147 { | |
| 2148 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2149 } | |
| 2150 #endif | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2153 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2154 /* | |
| 2155 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2156 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2157 */ | |
| 2158 void | |
| 2159 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2160 char_u *p; | |
| 2161 int len; | |
| 2162 { | |
| 2163 int i; | |
| 2164 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2165 int n; | |
| 2166 | |
| 1617 | 2167 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2168 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2169 { | |
| 2170 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2171 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2172 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2173 else | |
| 2174 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2175 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2176 } | |
| 2177 else | |
| 7 | 2178 # endif |
| 1617 | 2179 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2180 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2181 } |
| 2182 #endif | |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 /* | |
| 2185 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2186 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2187 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2188 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2189 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2190 */ | |
| 2191 void | |
| 2192 ins_char(c) | |
| 2193 int c; | |
| 2194 { | |
| 2195 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2196 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2197 int n; |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2202 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2203 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2204 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 void | |
| 2210 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2211 char_u *buf; | |
| 2212 int charlen; | |
| 2213 { | |
| 2214 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2215 #endif | |
| 2216 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2217 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2218 char_u *p; | |
| 2219 char_u *newp; | |
| 2220 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2221 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2222 colnr_T col; | |
| 2223 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2224 int i; | |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2227 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2228 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2229 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2230 #endif | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2233 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2234 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2237 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2239 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2240 #else | |
| 2241 newlen = 1; | |
| 2242 #endif | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2245 { | |
| 2246 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2247 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2250 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2251 int old_list; | |
| 2252 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2253 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2254 #endif | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 /* | |
| 2257 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2258 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2259 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2260 */ | |
| 2261 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2262 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2263 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 /* | |
| 2266 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2267 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2268 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2269 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2270 */ | |
| 2271 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2272 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2273 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2274 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2275 #endif | |
| 2276 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2277 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2278 { | |
| 2279 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2280 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2281 * position. */ | |
| 2282 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2283 break; | |
| 2284 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2285 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2286 #else |
| 2287 ++oldlen; | |
| 2288 #endif | |
| 2289 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2290 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2291 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2292 } | |
| 2293 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2294 } | |
| 2295 else | |
| 2296 #endif | |
| 2297 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2298 { | |
| 2299 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2301 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2302 #else |
| 2303 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2304 #endif | |
| 2305 } | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2309 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2310 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2311 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2312 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2313 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2314 { | |
| 2315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2316 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2317 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2318 else | |
| 2319 #endif | |
| 2320 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2321 } |
| 2322 } | |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2325 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2326 return; | |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2329 if (col > 0) | |
| 2330 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2333 p = newp + col; | |
| 2334 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2335 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2339 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2340 i = charlen; | |
| 2341 #else | |
| 2342 *p = c; | |
| 2343 i = 1; | |
| 2344 #endif | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2347 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2348 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2351 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2354 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 /* | |
| 2357 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2358 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2359 */ | |
| 2360 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2361 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 674 | 2362 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2363 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2364 #endif | |
| 7 | 2365 ) |
| 4029 | 2366 { |
| 2367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2368 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2369 showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf)); | |
| 2370 else | |
| 2371 #endif | |
| 2372 showmatch(c); | |
| 2373 } | |
| 7 | 2374 |
| 2375 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2376 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2377 #endif | |
| 2378 { | |
| 2379 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2380 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2381 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2382 #else | |
| 2383 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2384 #endif | |
| 2385 } | |
| 2386 /* | |
| 2387 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2388 */ | |
| 2389 } | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 /* | |
| 2392 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2393 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2394 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2395 */ | |
| 2396 void | |
| 2397 ins_str(s) | |
| 2398 char_u *s; | |
| 2399 { | |
| 2400 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2401 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2402 int oldlen; | |
| 2403 colnr_T col; | |
| 2404 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2407 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2408 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2409 #endif | |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2412 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2413 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2416 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2417 return; | |
| 2418 if (col > 0) | |
| 2419 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2420 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2421 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2422 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2423 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2424 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2425 } | |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 /* | |
| 2428 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2429 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2430 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2431 * | |
| 2432 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2433 */ | |
| 2434 int | |
| 2435 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2436 int fixpos; | |
| 2437 { | |
| 2438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2439 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2440 { | |
| 2441 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2442 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2443 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2444 return FAIL; | |
| 2445 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 #endif | |
| 610 | 2448 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2449 } |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2452 /* | |
| 2453 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2454 */ | |
| 2455 int | |
| 2456 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2457 long count; | |
| 2458 int fixpos; | |
| 2459 { | |
| 2460 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2461 long i; | |
| 2462 char_u *p; | |
| 2463 int l; | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2466 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2467 { | |
| 474 | 2468 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2469 bytes += l; |
| 2470 p += l; | |
| 2471 } | |
| 610 | 2472 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2473 } |
| 2474 #endif | |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 /* | |
| 2477 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2478 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2479 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2480 * | |
| 2481 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2482 */ | |
| 2483 int | |
| 777 | 2484 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2485 long count; |
| 777 | 2486 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2487 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2488 { |
| 2489 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2490 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2491 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2492 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2493 int was_alloced; | |
| 2494 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2495 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2496 |
| 2497 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2498 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 /* | |
| 2501 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2502 */ | |
| 2503 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2504 return FAIL; | |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2507 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2508 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2509 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2510 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2511 { |
| 714 | 2512 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2513 int n; |
| 2514 | |
| 714 | 2515 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2516 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2517 { |
| 2518 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2519 n = col; | |
| 2520 do | |
| 2521 { | |
| 2522 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2523 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2524 n += count; |
| 2525 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2526 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2527 } | |
| 2528 } | |
| 2529 #endif | |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 /* | |
| 2532 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2533 */ | |
| 2534 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2535 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2536 { | |
| 2537 /* | |
| 2538 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2539 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2540 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2541 */ |
| 777 | 2542 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2543 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2544 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2545 #endif | |
| 2546 ) | |
| 7 | 2547 { |
| 2548 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2549 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2550 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2551 #endif | |
| 2552 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2553 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2554 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2555 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2556 #endif | |
| 2557 } | |
| 2558 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2559 movelen = 1; | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 /* | |
| 2563 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2564 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2565 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2566 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2567 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2568 */ |
| 2569 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2570 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2571 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2572 else | |
| 2573 #endif | |
| 2574 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2575 if (was_alloced) |
| 2576 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2577 else | |
| 2578 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2579 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2580 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2581 return FAIL; | |
| 2582 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2585 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2586 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2589 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 return OK; | |
| 2592 } | |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 /* | |
| 2595 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2596 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2597 * | |
| 2598 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2599 */ | |
| 2600 int | |
| 2601 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2602 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2603 { | |
| 2604 char_u *newp; | |
| 2605 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2606 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 if (col == 0) | |
| 2609 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2610 else | |
| 2611 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2614 return FAIL; | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2619 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 /* | |
| 2622 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2623 */ | |
| 2624 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2625 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 return OK; | |
| 2628 } | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 /* | |
| 2631 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2632 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2633 */ | |
| 2634 void | |
| 2635 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2636 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2637 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2638 { | |
| 2639 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2640 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2641 |
| 2642 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2643 return; | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2646 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2647 return; |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2652 break; | |
| 2653 | |
| 1929 | 2654 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2655 ++n; |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2658 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2659 break; |
| 2660 } | |
| 1929 | 2661 |
| 2662 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2663 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2664 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2665 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2666 |
| 2667 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2668 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2669 } |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 int | |
| 2672 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2673 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2674 { | |
| 2675 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2678 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2679 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2680 #endif | |
| 2681 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 int | |
| 2685 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2688 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2689 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2690 #endif | |
| 2691 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2692 } | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 /* | |
| 2695 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2696 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2697 */ | |
| 2698 void | |
| 2699 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2700 int c; | |
| 2701 { | |
| 2702 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2703 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2704 } | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 /* | |
| 2707 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2708 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2709 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2710 * the line. | |
| 2711 */ | |
| 2712 int | |
| 2713 inindent(extra) | |
| 2714 int extra; | |
| 2715 { | |
| 2716 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2717 colnr_T col; | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2720 ++ptr; | |
| 2721 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2722 return TRUE; | |
| 2723 else | |
| 2724 return FALSE; | |
| 2725 } | |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 /* | |
| 2728 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2729 */ | |
| 2730 char_u * | |
| 2731 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2732 char_u *p; | |
| 2733 { | |
| 2734 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2735 ++p; | |
| 2736 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2737 ++p; | |
| 2738 return p; | |
| 2739 } | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 /* | |
| 2189 | 2742 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2743 * |
| 2744 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2745 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2746 * |
| 2747 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2748 */ |
| 2749 void | |
| 2750 changed() | |
| 2751 { | |
| 2752 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2753 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2754 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2755 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2756 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2757 return; | |
| 2758 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2759 #endif | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2764 | |
| 819 | 2765 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2766 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2767 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2768 |
| 7 | 2769 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2770 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2771 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2772 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2773 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2774 #endif | |
| 2775 ) | |
| 2776 { | |
| 2777 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2780 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2781 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2782 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2783 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2784 { | |
| 2785 out_flush(); | |
| 2786 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2787 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2788 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2789 } | |
| 2790 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2791 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2792 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2793 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2794 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2796 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2797 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2798 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2799 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2800 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2801 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2802 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2803 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2804 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2805 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2806 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2807 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2808 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2809 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2810 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2811 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2812 |
| 265 | 2813 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2814 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2815 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 /* | |
| 2818 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2819 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2820 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2821 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2822 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2823 */ |
| 2824 void | |
| 2825 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2826 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2827 colnr_T col; | |
| 2828 { | |
| 265 | 2829 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2830 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2831 |
| 2832 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2833 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2834 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2835 { | |
| 2836 win_T *wp; | |
| 2837 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2840 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2841 { | |
| 2842 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2843 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2844 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2845 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2846 } | |
| 2847 } | |
| 2848 #endif | |
| 7 | 2849 } |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 static void | |
| 265 | 2852 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2853 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2854 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2855 { | |
| 265 | 2856 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2857 { |
| 2858 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2859 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2860 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2861 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2862 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2863 } |
| 2864 else | |
| 2865 { | |
| 2866 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2867 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2868 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2869 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2870 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2871 } |
| 2872 } | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 /* | |
| 2875 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2876 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2877 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2878 */ | |
| 2879 void | |
| 2880 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2881 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2882 long count; | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2885 } | |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 /* | |
| 2888 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2889 */ | |
| 2890 void | |
| 2891 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2892 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2893 long count; | |
| 2894 { | |
| 2895 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2896 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2897 } | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 /* | |
| 2900 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2901 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2902 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2903 */ | |
| 2904 void | |
| 2905 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2906 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2907 long count; | |
| 2908 { | |
| 2909 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 /* | |
| 2913 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2914 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2915 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2916 */ |
| 2917 void | |
| 2918 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2919 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2920 long count; | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2923 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2924 } | |
| 2925 | |
| 2926 /* | |
| 2927 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2928 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2929 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2930 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2931 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2932 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2933 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2934 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2935 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2936 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2937 */ |
| 2938 void | |
| 2939 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2940 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2941 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2942 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2943 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2944 { | |
| 265 | 2945 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2946 | |
| 2947 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2948 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2951 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2952 * displaying. */ | |
| 2953 win_T *wp; | |
| 2954 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2957 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2958 { | |
| 2959 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2960 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2961 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2962 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2963 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2964 } | |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 #endif | |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 static void | |
| 2972 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2973 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2974 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2975 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2976 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2977 { | |
| 2978 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2979 { |
| 2980 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2981 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2982 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2983 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2984 { |
| 2985 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2986 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2987 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2988 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2989 } |
| 265 | 2990 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2991 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2992 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2993 } |
| 2994 else | |
| 2995 { | |
| 2996 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2997 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2998 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2999 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 3000 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 3001 } | |
| 7 | 3002 } |
| 3003 | |
| 2189 | 3004 /* |
| 3005 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 3006 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 3007 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 3008 */ | |
| 7 | 3009 static void |
| 3010 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 3011 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 3012 colnr_T col; | |
| 3013 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 3014 long xtra; | |
| 3015 { | |
| 3016 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 3017 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 3018 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 3019 #endif | |
| 7 | 3020 int i; |
| 3021 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 3022 int cols; | |
| 3023 pos_T *p; | |
| 3024 int add; | |
| 3025 #endif | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 3028 changed(); | |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 3031 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3034 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 3037 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 3038 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 3039 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 3040 { | |
| 3041 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 3042 add = TRUE; | |
| 3043 else | |
| 3044 { | |
| 3045 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 3046 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 3047 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 3048 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 3049 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 3050 add = TRUE; | |
| 3051 else | |
| 3052 { | |
| 3053 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 3054 if (cols == 0) | |
| 3055 cols = 79; | |
| 3056 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 3057 } | |
| 3058 } | |
| 3059 if (add) | |
| 3060 { | |
| 3061 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 3062 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 3063 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 3064 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 3065 | |
| 3066 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 3067 { | |
| 3068 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 3069 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 3070 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3071 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3072 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3073 { |
| 3074 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3075 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3076 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3077 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3078 } | |
| 3079 } | |
| 1863 | 3080 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3081 { |
| 3082 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3083 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3084 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3085 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3086 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3089 } | |
| 3090 } | |
| 3091 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3092 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3093 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3094 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3095 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3096 #endif | |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 | |
| 1863 | 3099 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3100 { |
| 3101 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3102 { | |
| 3103 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3104 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3105 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3108 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3109 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3110 /* | |
| 3111 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3112 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3113 */ | |
| 3114 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3117 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3118 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3119 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3120 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3121 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3122 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3123 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3124 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3125 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3126 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3129 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3130 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3131 { | |
| 3132 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3133 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3134 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 #endif | |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3139 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3140 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3141 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3142 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3143 { | |
| 3144 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3145 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3146 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3147 } | |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3150 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3151 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3152 * after the change. */ | |
| 3153 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3154 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3155 { | |
| 3156 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3157 { | |
| 3158 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3161 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3162 } | |
| 3163 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 /* line below change */ | |
| 3166 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3167 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3168 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3169 #endif | |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 } | |
| 3172 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3173 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3176 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3177 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3178 } | |
| 3179 #endif | |
| 3180 } | |
| 1987 | 3181 |
| 3182 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3183 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3184 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3185 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3186 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3187 #endif | |
| 5885 | 3188 /* relative numbering may require updating more */ |
| 3189 if (wp->w_p_rnu) | |
| 3190 redraw_win_later(wp, SOME_VALID); | |
| 7 | 3191 } |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3195 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3196 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3197 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3198 |
| 3199 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3200 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3201 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3202 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3203 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3204 #endif | |
| 7 | 3205 } |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 /* | |
| 3208 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3209 */ | |
| 3210 void | |
| 3211 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3212 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3213 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3214 { | |
| 2685 | 3215 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3216 { |
| 3217 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3218 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3219 if (ff) |
| 3220 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3221 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3222 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3223 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3224 #endif |
| 3225 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3226 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3227 #endif | |
| 3228 } | |
| 3229 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3230 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3231 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3232 #endif | |
| 3233 } | |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3236 /* | |
| 3237 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3238 * need to be updated | |
| 3239 */ | |
| 3240 void | |
| 3241 check_status(buf) | |
| 3242 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3243 { | |
| 3244 win_T *wp; | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3247 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3248 { | |
| 3249 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3250 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3251 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 #endif | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 /* | |
| 3257 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3258 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3259 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3260 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3261 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3262 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3263 */ |
| 3264 void | |
| 3265 change_warning(col) | |
| 3266 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3267 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3268 { | |
| 1848 | 3269 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3270 | |
| 7 | 3271 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3272 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3273 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3274 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3275 #endif | |
| 3276 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3277 { | |
| 3278 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3279 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3280 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3281 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3282 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3283 return; | |
| 3284 #endif | |
| 3285 /* | |
| 3286 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3287 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3288 */ | |
| 3289 msg_start(); | |
| 3290 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3291 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3292 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3293 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3294 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3295 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3296 #endif | |
| 7 | 3297 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3298 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3299 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3300 { | |
| 3301 out_flush(); | |
| 3302 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3303 } | |
| 3304 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3305 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3306 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3307 showmode(); | |
| 3308 } | |
| 3309 } | |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 /* | |
| 3312 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3313 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3314 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3315 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3316 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3317 * | |
| 3318 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3319 */ | |
| 3320 int | |
| 3321 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3322 char_u *str; | |
| 3323 int direct; | |
| 3324 { | |
| 3325 int r = ' '; | |
| 3326 int save_State = State; | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3329 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3330 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3331 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3332 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3333 #endif | |
| 3334 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3335 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3336 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3337 #endif | |
| 3338 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3339 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3342 { | |
| 3343 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3344 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3345 if (direct) | |
| 3346 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3347 else | |
| 1474 | 3348 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3349 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3350 r = 'n'; | |
| 3351 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3352 out_flush(); | |
| 3353 } | |
| 3354 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3355 State = save_State; | |
| 3356 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3357 setmouse(); | |
| 3358 #endif | |
| 3359 --no_mapping; | |
| 3360 --allow_keys; | |
| 3361 | |
| 3362 return r; | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 | |
| 4221 | 3365 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3366 /* | |
| 3367 * Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key. | |
| 3368 */ | |
| 3369 int | |
| 3370 is_mouse_key(c) | |
| 3371 int c; | |
| 3372 { | |
| 3373 return c == K_LEFTMOUSE | |
| 3374 || c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3375 || c == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3376 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3377 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3378 || c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3379 || c == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3380 || c == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3381 || c == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3382 || c == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3383 || c == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3384 || c == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3385 || c == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3386 || c == K_MOUSELEFT | |
| 3387 || c == K_MOUSERIGHT | |
| 3388 || c == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3389 || c == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3390 || c == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3391 || c == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3392 || c == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3393 || c == K_X2RELEASE; | |
| 3394 } | |
| 3395 #endif | |
| 3396 | |
| 7 | 3397 /* |
| 3398 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3399 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3400 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3401 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3402 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3403 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3404 */ | |
| 3405 int | |
| 3406 get_keystroke() | |
| 3407 { | |
| 3328 | 3408 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3409 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3410 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3411 int len = 0; |
| 3412 int n; | |
| 3413 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3414 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3415 |
| 3416 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3417 for (;;) | |
| 3418 { | |
| 3419 cursor_on(); | |
| 3420 out_flush(); | |
| 3421 | |
| 3328 | 3422 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3423 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3424 * bytes. */ | |
| 3425 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3426 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3427 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3428 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3429 { | |
| 3596 | 3430 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3431 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3432 buflen += 100; | |
| 3433 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3434 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3437 { | |
| 3438 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3439 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3440 } | |
| 3441 | |
| 7 | 3442 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3443 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3444 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3445 if (n > 0) |
| 3446 { | |
| 3447 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3448 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3449 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3450 waited = 0; |
| 3451 } | |
| 3452 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3453 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3456 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3457 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3458 continue; |
| 964 | 3459 |
| 2672 | 3460 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3461 { |
| 2723 | 3462 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3463 { |
| 3464 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3465 update_screen(0); | |
| 3466 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3467 } | |
| 2672 | 3468 continue; |
| 2721 | 3469 } |
| 2672 | 3470 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3471 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3472 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3473 continue; |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3476 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3477 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3478 { | |
| 3479 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3480 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3481 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 4225 | 3482 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 4221 | 3483 || (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 4225 | 3484 #endif |
| 4221 | 3485 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7 | 3486 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR |
| 3487 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3488 #endif | |
| 3489 ) | |
| 3490 { | |
| 3491 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3492 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3493 len -= 3; | |
| 3494 if (len > 0) | |
| 3495 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3496 continue; | |
| 3497 } | |
| 828 | 3498 break; |
| 7 | 3499 } |
| 3500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3501 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3502 { | |
| 3503 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3504 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3505 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3506 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3507 } | |
| 3508 #endif | |
| 3509 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3510 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3511 n = ESC; | |
| 3512 #endif | |
| 3513 break; | |
| 3514 } | |
| 3328 | 3515 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3516 |
| 3517 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3518 return n; | |
| 3519 } | |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 /* | |
| 374 | 3522 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3523 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3524 */ |
| 3525 int | |
| 374 | 3526 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3527 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3528 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3529 { |
| 3530 int n = 0; | |
| 3531 int c; | |
| 810 | 3532 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3533 |
| 374 | 3534 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3535 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3536 | |
| 7 | 3537 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3538 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3539 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3540 return 0; | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3543 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3544 #endif | |
| 3545 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3546 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3547 for (;;) | |
| 3548 { | |
| 3549 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3550 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3551 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3552 { | |
| 3553 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3554 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3555 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3556 } |
| 3557 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3558 { | |
| 810 | 3559 if (typed > 0) |
| 3560 { | |
| 3561 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3562 --typed; | |
| 3563 } | |
| 7 | 3564 n /= 10; |
| 3565 } | |
| 374 | 3566 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3567 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3570 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3571 break; | |
| 3572 } | |
| 3573 #endif | |
| 7 | 3574 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3575 { | |
| 3576 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3577 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3578 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3579 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3580 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3581 break; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3584 break; | |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 --no_mapping; | |
| 3587 --allow_keys; | |
| 3588 return n; | |
| 3589 } | |
| 3590 | |
| 323 | 3591 /* |
| 3592 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3593 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3594 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3595 */ |
| 3596 int | |
| 374 | 3597 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3598 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3599 { |
| 3600 int i; | |
| 344 | 3601 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3602 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3603 |
| 3604 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3605 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3606 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3607 else |
| 1733 | 3608 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3609 |
| 957 | 3610 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3611 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3612 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3613 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3614 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3615 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3616 |
| 3617 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3618 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3621 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3622 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3623 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3624 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3625 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3626 } |
| 344 | 3627 else |
| 3628 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3629 State = save_State; | |
| 3630 | |
| 323 | 3631 return i; |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 | |
| 7 | 3634 void |
| 3635 msgmore(n) | |
| 3636 long n; | |
| 3637 { | |
| 3638 long pn; | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3641 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3642 return; | |
| 3643 | |
| 135 | 3644 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3645 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3646 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3647 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3648 return; | |
| 3649 | |
| 7 | 3650 if (n > 0) |
| 3651 pn = n; | |
| 3652 else | |
| 3653 pn = -n; | |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3656 { | |
| 3657 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3658 { | |
| 3659 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3660 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3661 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3662 else |
| 2768 | 3663 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3664 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3665 } |
| 3666 else | |
| 3667 { | |
| 3668 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3669 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3670 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3671 else |
| 2768 | 3672 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3673 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3674 } |
| 3675 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3676 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3677 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3678 { | |
| 680 | 3679 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3680 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3681 } |
| 3682 } | |
| 3683 } | |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 /* | |
| 3686 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3687 */ | |
| 3688 void | |
| 3689 beep_flush() | |
| 3690 { | |
| 3691 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3692 { | |
| 3693 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3694 vim_beep(); | |
| 3695 } | |
| 3696 } | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 /* | |
| 3699 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3700 */ | |
| 3701 void | |
| 3702 vim_beep() | |
| 3703 { | |
| 3704 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3705 { | |
| 3706 if (p_vb | |
| 3707 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3708 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3709 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3710 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3711 #endif | |
| 3712 ) | |
| 3713 { | |
| 3714 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 else | |
| 3717 { | |
| 3718 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3719 /* | |
| 3720 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3721 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3722 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3723 */ | |
| 3724 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3725 { | |
| 3726 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3727 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3728 } | |
| 3729 else | |
| 3730 ++beep_count; | |
| 3731 #else | |
| 3732 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3733 #endif | |
| 3734 } | |
| 169 | 3735 |
| 3736 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3737 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3738 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3739 { | |
| 3740 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3741 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3742 } | |
| 7 | 3743 } |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 /* | |
| 3747 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3748 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3749 * For Unix: | |
| 3750 * - go to that directory | |
| 3751 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3752 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3753 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3754 */ | |
| 3755 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 void | |
| 3758 init_homedir() | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 char_u *var; | |
| 3761 | |
| 170 | 3762 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3763 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3764 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3765 | |
| 7 | 3766 #ifdef VMS |
| 3767 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3768 #else | |
| 3769 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3770 #endif | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3773 var = NULL; | |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3776 /* | |
| 3777 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3778 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3779 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3780 */ | |
| 3781 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3782 { | |
| 3783 char_u *p; | |
| 3784 char_u *exp; | |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3787 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3788 { | |
| 419 | 3789 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3790 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3791 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3792 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3793 { | |
| 274 | 3794 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3795 var = NameBuff; |
| 3796 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3797 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3798 } | |
| 3799 } | |
| 3800 } | |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 /* | |
| 3803 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3804 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3805 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3806 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3807 */ | |
| 3808 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3813 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3814 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3815 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3816 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3817 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3820 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3823 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3824 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 } | |
| 170 | 3828 |
| 3829 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3830 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3831 { | |
| 3832 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3833 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3834 |
| 3835 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3836 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3837 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3838 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3839 { | |
| 3840 homedir = pp; | |
| 3841 return; | |
| 3842 } | |
| 3843 } | |
| 3844 # endif | |
| 7 | 3845 #endif |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3848 /* | |
| 3849 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3850 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3851 */ | |
| 3852 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3853 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3854 #endif | |
| 3855 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3856 { | |
| 3857 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3858 /* | |
| 3859 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3860 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3861 */ | |
| 3862 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3863 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3866 var = IObuff; | |
| 3867 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3868 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3869 } | |
| 3870 #endif | |
| 3871 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 | |
| 359 | 3875 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3876 void | |
| 3877 free_homedir() | |
| 3878 { | |
| 3879 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3880 } | |
| 3744 | 3881 |
| 3882 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
| 3883 void | |
| 3884 free_users() | |
| 3885 { | |
| 3886 ga_clear_strings(&ga_users); | |
| 3887 } | |
| 3888 # endif | |
| 359 | 3889 #endif |
| 3890 | |
| 7 | 3891 /* |
| 1408 | 3892 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3893 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3894 * again soon. | |
| 3895 */ | |
| 3896 char_u * | |
| 3897 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3898 char_u *src; | |
| 3899 { | |
| 3900 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3901 } | |
| 3902 | |
| 3903 /* | |
| 3904 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3905 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3906 */ | |
| 3907 char_u * | |
| 3908 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3909 char_u *src; | |
| 3910 int one; | |
| 3911 { | |
| 3912 char_u *p; | |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3915 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3916 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3917 return p; | |
| 3918 } | |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 /* | |
| 7 | 3921 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3922 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3923 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3924 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3925 */ | |
| 3926 void | |
| 3927 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3928 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3929 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3930 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3931 { | |
| 1408 | 3932 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3933 } |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 void | |
| 1408 | 3936 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3937 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3938 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3939 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3940 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3941 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3942 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3943 { | |
| 3944 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3945 char_u *tail; |
| 3946 int c; | |
| 3947 char_u *var; | |
| 3948 int copy_char; | |
| 3949 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3950 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3951 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3954 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3955 |
| 3956 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3957 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3958 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3961 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3962 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3963 && at_start | |
| 3964 #endif | |
| 3965 ) | |
| 7 | 3966 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3967 || *src == '%' | |
| 3968 #endif | |
| 3969 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3970 { | |
| 3971 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 /* | |
| 3974 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3975 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3976 */ | |
| 3977 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3980 var = dst; | |
| 3981 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3984 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3985 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3986 { | |
| 3987 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3988 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3989 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3990 } | |
| 3991 else | |
| 3992 #endif | |
| 3993 { | |
| 3994 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3995 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3996 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3997 #endif | |
| 3998 )) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 4001 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 4002 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 4003 #else | |
| 4004 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 4005 #endif | |
| 4006 } | |
| 4007 } | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 4010 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4011 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 4012 # else | |
| 4013 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 4014 # endif | |
| 4015 var = NULL; | |
| 4016 else | |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4019 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 4020 # else | |
| 4021 if (*src == '%') | |
| 4022 #endif | |
| 4023 ++tail; | |
| 4024 #endif | |
| 4025 *var = NUL; | |
| 4026 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 4027 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 4028 } | |
| 4029 #endif | |
| 4030 } | |
| 4031 /* home directory */ | |
| 4032 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 4033 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 4034 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 var = homedir; | |
| 4037 tail = src + 1; | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 else /* user directory */ | |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 4042 /* | |
| 4043 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 4044 */ | |
| 4045 tail = src; | |
| 4046 var = dst; | |
| 4047 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 4048 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 4049 && *tail | |
| 4050 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 4051 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4052 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 4053 *var = NUL; | |
| 4054 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4055 /* | |
| 4056 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 4057 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 4058 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 4059 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 4060 */ | |
| 4061 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4062 { | |
| 4063 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 4064 | |
| 626 | 4065 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 4066 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 4067 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 4068 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 4069 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 4070 else | |
| 4071 var = NULL; | |
| 4072 } | |
| 4073 if (var == NULL) | |
| 4074 # endif | |
| 4075 { | |
| 4076 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4079 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4080 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4081 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4082 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4083 } | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4086 /* | |
| 4087 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4088 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4089 */ | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4092 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4093 struct stat st; | |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4096 next_path = paths; | |
| 4097 while (*next_path) | |
| 4098 { | |
| 4099 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4100 next_path++); | |
| 4101 if (*next_path) | |
| 4102 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4103 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4104 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4105 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4106 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4107 { | |
| 4108 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4109 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4110 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4111 break; | |
| 4112 } | |
| 4113 } | |
| 4114 } | |
| 4115 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4116 #else | |
| 4117 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4118 var = NULL; | |
| 4119 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4120 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4121 } | |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4124 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4125 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4126 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4127 { | |
| 4128 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 if (mustfree) | |
| 4133 vim_free(var); | |
| 4134 var = p; | |
| 4135 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4136 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4137 } | |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 #endif | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4142 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4143 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4144 { | |
| 4145 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4148 { | |
| 4149 if (mustfree) | |
| 4150 vim_free(var); | |
| 4151 var = p; | |
| 4152 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4153 } | |
| 4154 } | |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4157 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4158 { | |
| 4159 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4160 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4161 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4162 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4163 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4164 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4165 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4166 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4167 #endif | |
| 4168 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4169 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4170 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4171 src = tail; |
| 4172 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4173 } | |
| 4174 if (mustfree) | |
| 4175 vim_free(var); | |
| 4176 } | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 /* | |
| 1224 | 4181 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4182 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4183 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4184 */ |
| 4185 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4186 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4189 --dstlen; | |
| 4190 } | |
| 1408 | 4191 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4192 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4193 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4194 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4195 |
| 4196 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4197 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4198 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4199 } |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4202 } | |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4206 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4207 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4208 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4209 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4210 */ |
| 4211 char_u * | |
| 4212 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4213 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4214 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4215 { |
| 4216 char_u *p; | |
| 4217 char_u *pend; | |
| 4218 int vimruntime; | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4221 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4222 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4223 return homedir; | |
| 4224 #endif | |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4227 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4228 p = NULL; | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4231 { |
| 4232 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4233 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4236 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4237 |
| 4238 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4239 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4240 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4241 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 p = pp; | |
| 4244 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 #endif | |
| 7 | 4248 return p; |
| 170 | 4249 } |
| 7 | 4250 |
| 4251 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4252 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4253 return NULL; | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 /* | |
| 4256 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4257 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4258 */ | |
| 4259 if (vimruntime | |
| 4260 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4261 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4262 #endif | |
| 4263 ) | |
| 4264 { | |
| 4265 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4266 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4267 p = NULL; | |
| 4268 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4269 { | |
| 4270 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4271 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4272 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4273 else | |
| 4274 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4275 |
| 4276 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4277 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4280 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4281 |
| 4282 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4283 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4284 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4285 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4286 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4287 { | |
| 2786 | 4288 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4289 vim_free(p); |
| 4290 p = pp; | |
| 4291 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 } | |
| 4294 #endif | |
| 7 | 4295 } |
| 4296 } | |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 /* | |
| 4299 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4300 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4301 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4302 */ | |
| 4303 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4304 { | |
| 4305 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4306 p = p_hf; | |
| 4307 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4308 /* | |
| 4309 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4310 */ | |
| 4311 else | |
| 4312 p = exe_name; | |
| 4313 #endif | |
| 4314 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4315 { | |
| 4316 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4317 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4320 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4321 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4324 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4325 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4326 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4329 char_u *pnew; |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4332 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4333 { | |
| 4334 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4335 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4336 { | |
| 4337 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4338 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4339 p = pnew; | |
| 4340 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 } | |
| 7 | 4343 } |
| 4344 # endif | |
| 4345 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4346 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4347 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4348 #endif | |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4351 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4352 { | |
| 4353 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4354 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4358 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4359 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4360 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4361 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4362 --pend; |
| 4363 #endif | |
| 4364 | |
| 768 | 4365 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4366 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4367 #endif | |
| 4368 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4369 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4370 |
| 4371 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4372 { | |
| 4373 vim_free(p); | |
| 4374 p = NULL; | |
| 4375 } | |
| 4376 else | |
| 4377 { | |
| 4378 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4379 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4380 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4381 { | |
| 4382 vim_free(p); | |
| 4383 p = pend; | |
| 4384 } | |
| 4385 #endif | |
| 4386 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4387 } | |
| 4388 } | |
| 4389 } | |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4392 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4393 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4394 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4395 { | |
| 4396 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4397 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4398 { | |
| 4399 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4400 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4401 } | |
| 4402 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4403 { | |
| 4404 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4405 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4406 else | |
| 4407 { | |
| 4408 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4409 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4410 } | |
| 4411 } | |
| 4412 } | |
| 4413 #endif | |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 /* | |
| 4416 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4417 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4418 */ | |
| 4419 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4420 { | |
| 4421 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4422 { | |
| 4423 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4424 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4425 } | |
| 4426 else | |
| 4427 { | |
| 4428 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4429 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4430 } | |
| 4431 } | |
| 4432 return p; | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 /* | |
| 4436 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4437 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4438 */ | |
| 4439 static char_u * | |
| 4440 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4441 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4442 { | |
| 4443 char_u *p; | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4446 return NULL; | |
| 4447 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4448 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4449 return p; | |
| 4450 vim_free(p); | |
| 4451 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4452 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4453 return p; | |
| 4454 vim_free(p); | |
| 4455 return NULL; | |
| 4456 } | |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 /* | |
| 4459 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4460 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4461 */ | |
| 4462 static char_u * | |
| 4463 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4464 char_u *p; | |
| 4465 char_u *pend; | |
| 4466 char_u *name; | |
| 4467 { | |
| 4468 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4469 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 if (newend >= p | |
| 4472 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4473 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4474 return newend; |
| 4475 return pend; | |
| 4476 } | |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 /* | |
| 4479 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4480 */ | |
| 4481 void | |
| 4482 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4483 char_u *name; | |
| 4484 char_u *val; | |
| 4485 { | |
| 4486 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4487 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4488 #else | |
| 4489 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4490 | |
| 4491 /* | |
| 4492 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4493 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4494 */ | |
| 4495 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4496 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4497 { | |
| 4498 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4499 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4502 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4503 /* | |
| 4504 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4505 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4506 */ | |
| 4507 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4508 { | |
| 4509 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4512 { | |
| 4513 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4514 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 } | |
| 4517 #endif | |
| 7 | 4518 } |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4521 /* | |
| 4522 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4523 */ | |
| 4524 char_u * | |
| 4525 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4526 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4527 int idx; |
| 4528 { | |
| 4529 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4530 /* | |
| 4531 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4532 */ | |
| 4533 return NULL; | |
| 4534 # else | |
| 4535 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4536 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4537 extern char **environ; | |
| 4538 # endif | |
| 17 | 4539 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4540 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4541 char_u *str; |
| 4542 int n; | |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4545 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4546 return NULL; | |
| 4547 | |
| 17 | 4548 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4549 { |
| 4550 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4551 break; | |
| 4552 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4553 } | |
| 4554 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4555 return name; | |
| 4556 # endif | |
| 4557 } | |
| 3744 | 4558 |
| 4559 /* | |
| 4560 * Find all user names for user completion. | |
| 4561 * Done only once and then cached. | |
| 4562 */ | |
| 4563 static void | |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4564 init_users() |
|
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4565 { |
| 3744 | 4566 static int lazy_init_done = FALSE; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 if (lazy_init_done) | |
| 4569 return; | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 lazy_init_done = TRUE; | |
| 4572 ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20); | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4575 { | |
| 4576 char_u* user; | |
| 4577 struct passwd* pw; | |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 setpwent(); | |
| 4580 while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) | |
| 4581 /* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */ | |
| 4582 if (pw->pw_name != NULL) | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 4585 break; | |
| 4586 user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name); | |
| 4587 if (user == NULL) | |
| 4588 break; | |
| 4589 ((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user; | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 endpwent(); | |
| 4592 } | |
| 4593 # endif | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 /* | |
| 4597 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names. | |
| 4598 */ | |
| 4599 char_u* | |
| 4600 get_users(xp, idx) | |
| 4601 expand_T *xp UNUSED; | |
| 4602 int idx; | |
| 4603 { | |
| 4604 init_users(); | |
| 4605 if (idx < ga_users.ga_len) | |
| 4606 return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx]; | |
| 4607 return NULL; | |
| 4608 } | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 /* | |
| 4611 * Check whether name matches a user name. Return: | |
| 4612 * 0 if name does not match any user name. | |
| 4613 * 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name. | |
| 4614 * 2 is name fully matches a user name. | |
| 4615 */ | |
| 4616 int match_user(name) | |
| 4617 char_u* name; | |
| 4618 { | |
| 4619 int i; | |
| 4620 int n = (int)STRLEN(name); | |
| 4621 int result = 0; | |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 init_users(); | |
| 4624 for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++) | |
| 4625 { | |
| 4626 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0) | |
| 4627 return 2; /* full match */ | |
| 4628 if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0) | |
| 4629 result = 1; /* partial match */ | |
| 4630 } | |
| 4631 return result; | |
| 4632 } | |
| 7 | 4633 #endif |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 /* | |
| 4636 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4637 * 'src'. | |
| 4638 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4639 */ | |
| 4640 void | |
| 4641 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4642 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4643 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4644 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4645 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4646 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4647 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4650 size_t len; | |
| 3598 | 4651 char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig; |
| 7 | 4652 char_u *p; |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4657 return; | |
| 4658 } | |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 /* | |
| 4661 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4662 */ | |
| 4663 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4664 { | |
| 4665 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4666 return; | |
| 4667 } | |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 /* | |
| 4670 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4671 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4672 */ | |
| 4673 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4674 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3598 | 4677 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); |
| 7 | 4678 #else |
| 3598 | 4679 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); |
| 4680 #endif | |
| 3658 | 4681 /* Empty is the same as not set. */ |
| 4682 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4683 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4684 | |
|
4752
77ecab3bb207
updated for version 7.3.1123
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4685 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 3658 | 4686 if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL) |
| 3598 | 4687 { |
| 4688 int usedlen = 0; | |
| 4689 int flen; | |
| 4690 char_u *fbuf = NULL; | |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 3608 | 4693 (void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen, |
| 4694 &homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen); | |
| 3598 | 4695 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); |
| 4696 if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1])) | |
| 4697 /* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */ | |
| 4698 homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL; | |
| 4699 } | |
| 7 | 4700 #endif |
| 4701 | |
| 4702 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4703 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 if (!one) | |
| 4706 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4707 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4708 { | |
| 4709 /* | |
| 4710 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4711 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4712 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4713 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4714 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4715 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4716 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4717 */ | |
| 4718 p = homedir; | |
| 4719 len = dirlen; | |
| 4720 for (;;) | |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 if ( len | |
| 4723 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4724 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4725 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4726 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4727 { | |
| 4728 src += len; | |
| 4729 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4730 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 /* | |
| 4733 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4734 */ | |
| 4735 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4736 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4737 break; | |
| 4738 } | |
| 4739 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4740 break; | |
| 4741 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4742 len = envlen; | |
| 4743 } | |
| 4744 | |
| 4745 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4746 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4747 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4748 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4749 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4750 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4751 } | |
| 4752 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3598 | 4755 |
| 4756 if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig) | |
| 4757 vim_free(homedir_env); | |
| 7 | 4758 } |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 /* | |
| 4761 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4762 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4763 */ | |
| 4764 char_u * | |
| 4765 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4766 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4767 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4768 { | |
| 4769 char_u *dst; | |
| 4770 unsigned len; | |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4773 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4774 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4775 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4776 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4777 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4778 return dst; | |
| 4779 } | |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 /* | |
| 4782 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4783 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4784 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4785 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4786 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4787 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4788 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4789 */ | |
| 4790 int | |
| 4791 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4792 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4793 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4794 { | |
| 4795 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4796 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4797 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4798 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4799 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4800 int r1, r2; | |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4803 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4804 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4805 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4808 if (checkname) | |
| 4809 { | |
| 4810 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4811 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4812 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4813 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4814 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4815 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4816 } | |
| 4817 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4818 } | |
| 4819 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4820 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4821 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4822 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4823 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4824 #else | |
| 4825 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4826 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4827 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4828 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4829 int r1, r2; | |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4832 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4833 { | |
| 4834 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4835 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4838 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4839 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4842 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4843 { | |
| 4844 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4845 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4846 else | |
| 4847 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4850 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4851 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4852 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4853 else | |
| 4854 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4855 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4856 } | |
| 4857 return retval; | |
| 4858 #endif | |
| 4859 } | |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 /* | |
| 10 | 4862 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4863 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4864 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4865 */ |
| 4866 char_u * | |
| 4867 gettail(fname) | |
| 4868 char_u *fname; | |
| 4869 { | |
| 4870 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4873 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 5432 | 4874 for (p1 = p2 = get_past_head(fname); *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ |
| 4875 { | |
| 4876 if (vim_ispathsep_nocolon(*p2)) | |
| 7 | 4877 p1 = p2 + 1; |
| 39 | 4878 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4879 } |
| 4880 return p1; | |
| 4881 } | |
| 4882 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4883 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4884 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4885 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4886 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4887 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4888 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4889 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4890 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4891 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4892 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4893 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4894 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4895 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4896 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4897 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4898 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4899 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4900 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4901 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4902 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4903 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4904 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4905 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4906 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4907 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4908 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4909 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4910 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4911 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4912 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4913 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4914 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4915 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4916 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4917 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4918 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4919 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4920 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4921 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4922 |
| 7 | 4923 /* |
| 39 | 4924 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4925 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4926 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4927 */ | |
| 4928 char_u * | |
| 4929 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4930 char_u *fname; | |
| 4931 { | |
| 4932 char_u *p; | |
| 4933 char_u *t; | |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4936 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4937 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4938 --t; | |
| 4939 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4940 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4941 ++t; | |
| 4942 #endif | |
| 4943 return t; | |
| 4944 } | |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 /* | |
| 7 | 4947 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4948 */ | |
| 4949 char_u * | |
| 4950 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4951 char_u *fname; | |
| 4952 { | |
| 4953 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4954 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4955 if (*fname) |
| 4956 ++fname; | |
| 4957 return fname; | |
| 4958 } | |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 /* | |
| 4961 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4962 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4963 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4964 */ | |
| 4965 char_u * | |
| 4966 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4967 char_u *path; | |
| 4968 { | |
| 4969 char_u *retval; | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4972 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4973 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4974 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4975 else | |
| 4976 retval = path; | |
| 4977 #else | |
| 4978 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4979 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4980 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4981 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4982 retval = path; | |
| 4983 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4984 retval = path; | |
| 4985 # endif | |
| 4986 #endif | |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4989 ++retval; | |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 return retval; | |
| 4992 } | |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 /* | |
| 5432 | 4995 * Return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. |
| 4996 * Note that for MS-Windows this includes the colon. | |
| 7 | 4997 */ |
| 4998 int | |
| 4999 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 5000 int c; | |
| 5001 { | |
| 2823 | 5002 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 5003 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 5004 #else |
| 5005 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 5006 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 5007 # else |
| 5008 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 5009 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 5010 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 5011 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 5012 # else |
| 7 | 5013 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 5014 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 5015 # endif |
| 2823 | 5016 #endif |
| 7 | 5017 } |
| 5018 | |
| 5432 | 5019 /* |
| 5020 * Like vim_ispathsep(c), but exclude the colon for MS-Windows. | |
| 5021 */ | |
| 5022 int | |
| 5023 vim_ispathsep_nocolon(c) | |
| 5024 int c; | |
| 5025 { | |
| 5026 return vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 5027 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5028 && c != ':' | |
| 5029 #endif | |
| 5030 ; | |
| 5031 } | |
| 5032 | |
| 7 | 5033 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5034 /* | |
| 5035 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 5036 */ | |
| 5037 int | |
| 5038 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 5039 int c; | |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5042 return (c == ':'); | |
| 5043 #else | |
| 1224 | 5044 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 5045 #endif |
| 5046 } | |
| 5047 #endif | |
| 5048 | |
| 819 | 5049 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 5050 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5051 /* | |
| 5052 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 5053 * It's done in-place. | |
| 5054 */ | |
| 5055 void | |
| 5056 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 5057 char_u *str; | |
| 5058 { | |
| 5059 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 5060 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 5063 d = str; | |
| 5064 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 *d++ = *s; | |
| 5069 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5070 break; | |
| 5071 } | |
| 5072 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 5073 { | |
| 5074 *d++ = *s; | |
| 5075 skip = FALSE; | |
| 5076 } | |
| 5077 else if (!skip) | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 5080 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 5081 skip = TRUE; | |
| 5082 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5083 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5084 { | |
| 5085 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 5088 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 5089 } |
| 5090 # endif | |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 } | |
| 5093 } | |
| 5094 #endif | |
| 5095 | |
| 594 | 5096 /* |
| 5097 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 5098 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 5099 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 5100 */ | |
| 5101 int | |
| 5102 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 5103 char_u *fname; | |
| 5104 { | |
| 5105 char_u *p; | |
| 5106 int c; | |
| 5107 int retval; | |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 5110 if (p == fname) | |
| 5111 return TRUE; | |
| 5112 c = *p; | |
| 5113 *p = NUL; | |
| 5114 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 5115 *p = c; | |
| 5116 return retval; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 | |
| 4242 | 5119 /* |
| 5120 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally | |
| 5121 * and deal with 'fileignorecase'. | |
| 7 | 5122 */ |
| 5123 int | |
| 5124 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 5125 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5126 { | |
| 4242 | 5127 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 7 | 5128 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); |
| 4242 | 5129 #else |
| 5130 if (p_fic) | |
| 5131 return MB_STRICMP(x, y); | |
| 5132 return STRCMP(x, y); | |
| 5133 #endif | |
| 7 | 5134 } |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 int | |
| 5137 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 5138 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5139 size_t len; | |
| 5140 { | |
| 4242 | 5141 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4246 | 5142 char_u *px = x; |
| 5143 char_u *py = y; | |
| 5144 int cx = NUL; | |
| 5145 int cy = NUL; | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 while (len > 0) | |
| 5148 { | |
| 5149 cx = PTR2CHAR(px); | |
| 5150 cy = PTR2CHAR(py); | |
| 5151 if (cx == NUL || cy == NUL | |
| 5152 || ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(cx) != MB_TOLOWER(cy) : cx != cy) | |
| 5153 && !(cx == '/' && cy == '\\') | |
| 5154 && !(cx == '\\' && cy == '/'))) | |
| 7 | 5155 break; |
| 4246 | 5156 len -= MB_PTR2LEN(px); |
| 5157 px += MB_PTR2LEN(px); | |
| 5158 py += MB_PTR2LEN(py); | |
| 7 | 5159 } |
| 5160 if (len == 0) | |
| 5161 return 0; | |
| 4246 | 5162 return (cx - cy); |
| 4242 | 5163 #else |
| 5164 if (p_fic) | |
| 5165 return MB_STRNICMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5166 return STRNCMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5167 #endif | |
| 5168 } | |
| 7 | 5169 |
| 5170 /* | |
| 5171 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 5172 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 5173 */ |
| 5174 char_u * | |
| 5175 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 5176 char_u *fname1; | |
| 5177 char_u *fname2; | |
| 5178 int sep; | |
| 5179 { | |
| 5180 char_u *dest; | |
| 5181 | |
| 5182 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 5183 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 5186 if (sep) | |
| 5187 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 5188 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 return dest; | |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 115 | 5193 /* |
| 5194 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 5195 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5196 */ | |
| 5197 char_u * | |
| 5198 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 5199 char_u *str1; | |
| 5200 char_u *str2; | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5202 char_u *dest; | |
| 5203 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5206 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5208 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5209 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5210 } | |
| 5211 return dest; | |
| 5212 } | |
| 5213 | |
| 7 | 5214 /* |
| 5215 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5216 * separator. | |
| 5217 */ | |
| 5218 void | |
| 5219 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5220 char_u *p; | |
| 5221 { | |
| 39 | 5222 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5223 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 /* | |
| 5227 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5228 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5229 */ | |
| 5230 char_u * | |
| 5231 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5232 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5233 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5234 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5235 { |
| 5236 char_u *buf; | |
| 5237 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5240 return NULL; | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5243 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5244 { | |
| 5245 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5246 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5247 else | |
| 5248 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5249 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5250 } | |
| 5251 return new_fname; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5442 | 5257 static pos_T *ind_find_start_comment __ARGS((void)); |
| 7 | 5258 |
| 5259 /* | |
| 5260 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5261 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5262 */ | |
| 5442 | 5263 static pos_T * |
| 5264 ind_find_start_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5265 { | |
| 5266 return find_start_comment(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5267 } | |
| 5268 | |
| 7 | 5269 pos_T * |
| 5270 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5271 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5272 { | |
| 5273 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5274 char_u *line; | |
| 5275 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5276 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 for (;;) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5281 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5282 break; | |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 /* | |
| 5285 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5286 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5287 */ | |
| 5288 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5289 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5290 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5291 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5292 break; |
| 5293 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5294 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5295 { | |
| 5296 pos = NULL; | |
| 5297 break; | |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 } | |
| 7 | 5300 return pos; |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 /* | |
| 5304 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5305 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 static char_u * | |
| 5308 skip_string(p) | |
| 5309 char_u *p; | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 int i; | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 /* | |
| 5314 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5315 */ | |
| 5316 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5319 { | |
| 5320 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5321 break; | |
| 5322 i = 2; | |
| 5323 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 ++i; | |
| 5326 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5327 ++i; | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5330 { | |
| 5331 p += i; | |
| 5332 continue; | |
| 5333 } | |
| 5334 } | |
| 5335 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5336 { | |
| 5337 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5338 { | |
| 5339 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5340 ++p; | |
| 5341 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5342 break; | |
| 5343 } | |
| 5344 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5345 continue; | |
| 5346 } | |
| 5347 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 if (!*p) | |
| 5350 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5351 return p; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 /* | |
| 5358 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5359 */ | |
| 5360 void | |
| 5361 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5362 { | |
| 5363 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5364 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5365 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5366 else | |
| 5367 # endif | |
| 5368 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5369 } | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 /* | |
| 5372 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5373 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5374 */ | |
| 5375 /* | |
| 5376 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5377 */ | |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5380 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5381 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5382 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5383 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5384 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5385 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5442 | 5386 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp)); |
| 7 | 5387 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); |
| 5388 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5389 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5390 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5391 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5392 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5393 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5394 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5442 | 5395 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T)); |
| 7 | 5396 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5397 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5398 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5442 | 5399 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T)); |
| 3461 | 5400 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 5442 | 5401 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated)); |
| 7 | 5402 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5403 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 5442 | 5404 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col)); |
| 7 | 5405 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4184 | 5406 static int cin_starts_with __ARGS((char_u *s, char *word)); |
| 7 | 5407 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); |
| 5442 | 5408 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((void)); |
| 5409 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5410 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 7 | 5411 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); |
| 5442 | 5412 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope)); |
| 2857 | 5413 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5414 |
| 5415 /* | |
| 5416 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5417 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5418 */ |
| 5419 static char_u * | |
| 5420 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5421 char_u *s; | |
| 5422 { | |
| 5423 while (*s) | |
| 5424 { | |
| 1096 | 5425 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5426 | |
| 7 | 5427 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5428 |
| 5429 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5430 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5438 | 5431 if (curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') |
| 1096 | 5432 { |
| 5433 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5434 break; | |
| 5435 } | |
| 7 | 5436 if (*s != '/') |
| 5437 break; | |
| 5438 ++s; | |
| 5439 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5442 break; | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5445 break; | |
| 5446 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5447 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5448 { | |
| 5449 s += 2; | |
| 5450 break; | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 } | |
| 5453 return s; | |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 /* | |
| 2805 | 5457 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5458 * not considered code. |
| 5459 */ | |
| 5460 static int | |
| 5461 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5462 char_u *s; | |
| 5463 { | |
| 5464 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5465 } | |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 /* | |
| 5468 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5469 */ | |
| 5470 static pos_T * | |
| 5471 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5474 char_u *line; | |
| 5475 char_u *p; | |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5478 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5481 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5482 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5485 return &pos; | |
| 5486 } | |
| 5487 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5488 break; | |
| 5489 } | |
| 5490 return NULL; | |
| 5491 } | |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 /* | |
| 5494 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5495 */ | |
| 5496 static int | |
| 5497 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5498 char_u **s; | |
| 5499 { | |
| 5500 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5501 return FALSE; | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5504 (*s)++; | |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5509 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5510 } | |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 /* | |
| 5513 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5514 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5515 */ | |
| 5516 int | |
| 5442 | 5517 cin_islabel() /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 5518 { |
| 5519 char_u *s; | |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 /* | |
| 5524 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5525 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5526 */ | |
| 5527 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5528 return FALSE; | |
| 5529 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5530 return FALSE; | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5533 { | |
| 5534 /* | |
| 5535 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5536 * label. | |
| 5537 */ | |
| 5538 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5539 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5540 char_u *line; | |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5543 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5544 { | |
| 5545 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 /* | |
| 5548 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5549 */ | |
| 5550 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5442 | 5551 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 5552 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5555 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5556 continue; | |
| 5557 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5558 continue; | |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5561 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5562 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5563 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5564 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5565 return TRUE; | |
| 5566 return FALSE; | |
| 5567 } | |
| 5568 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5569 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5570 } | |
| 5571 return FALSE; | |
| 5572 } | |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 /* | |
| 4184 | 5575 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations: |
| 5576 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum" | |
| 5577 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {" | |
| 7 | 5578 */ |
| 5579 static int | |
| 5580 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5581 { | |
| 5582 char_u *s; | |
| 4184 | 5583 static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"}; |
| 7 | 5584 |
| 5585 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5586 | |
| 4184 | 5587 if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef")) |
| 7 | 5588 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); |
| 5589 | |
| 4184 | 5590 for (;;) |
| 5591 { | |
| 5592 int i, l; | |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i) | |
| 5595 { | |
| 4207 | 5596 l = (int)strlen(skip[i]); |
| 4184 | 5597 if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i])) |
| 5598 { | |
| 5599 s = cin_skipcomment(s + l); | |
| 5600 l = 0; | |
| 5601 break; | |
| 5602 } | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 if (l != 0) | |
| 5605 break; | |
| 5606 } | |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum")) | |
| 7 | 5609 return TRUE; |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5612 return TRUE; | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 return FALSE; | |
| 5615 } | |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 /* | |
| 5618 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5619 */ | |
| 5620 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5621 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5622 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5623 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5624 { |
| 5625 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 4184 | 5626 if (cin_starts_with(s, "case")) |
| 7 | 5627 { |
| 5628 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5629 { | |
| 5630 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5631 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5632 { | |
| 5633 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5634 ++s; | |
| 5635 else | |
| 5636 return TRUE; | |
| 5637 } | |
| 5638 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5639 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5640 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5641 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5642 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5643 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5644 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5645 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5646 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5647 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5648 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5649 } |
| 7 | 5650 } |
| 5651 return FALSE; | |
| 5652 } | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5655 return TRUE; | |
| 5656 return FALSE; | |
| 5657 } | |
| 5658 | |
| 5659 /* | |
| 5660 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5661 */ | |
| 5662 static int | |
| 5663 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5664 char_u *s; | |
| 5665 { | |
| 5666 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5667 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5668 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5669 } | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5672 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5673 */ |
| 5674 int | |
| 5675 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5676 char_u *s; | |
| 5677 { | |
| 5678 int i; | |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5681 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5682 i = 6; | |
| 5683 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5684 i = 9; | |
| 5685 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5686 i = 7; | |
| 5687 else | |
| 5688 return FALSE; | |
| 5689 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5690 } | |
| 5691 | |
| 2857 | 5692 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5693 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 /* | |
| 5696 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5697 */ | |
| 5698 static int | |
| 5699 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5700 char_u *s; | |
| 5701 { | |
| 5702 char_u *p; | |
| 5703 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5706 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5707 { | |
| 5708 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5709 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5712 { | |
| 5713 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5714 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5717 { | |
| 5718 break; | |
| 5719 } | |
| 5720 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5721 { | |
| 5722 if (has_name) | |
| 5723 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5724 ++p; | |
| 5725 } | |
| 5726 else | |
| 5727 { | |
| 5728 return FALSE; | |
| 5729 } | |
| 5730 } | |
| 5731 return TRUE; | |
| 5732 } | |
| 5733 return FALSE; | |
| 5734 } | |
| 5735 | |
| 7 | 5736 /* |
| 5737 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5738 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5739 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5740 * ^ | |
| 5741 */ | |
| 5742 static char_u * | |
| 5743 after_label(l) | |
| 5744 char_u *l; | |
| 5745 { | |
| 5746 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5747 { | |
| 5748 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5749 { | |
| 5750 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5751 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5752 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5753 break; |
| 5754 } | |
| 5755 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5756 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5759 return NULL; | |
| 5760 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5761 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5762 return NULL; | |
| 5763 return l; | |
| 5764 } | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 /* | |
| 5767 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5768 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5769 */ | |
| 5770 static int | |
| 5771 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5772 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5773 { | |
| 5774 char_u *l; | |
| 5775 pos_T fp; | |
| 5776 colnr_T col; | |
| 5777 char_u *p; | |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5780 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5781 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5782 return 0; | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5785 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5786 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5787 return (int)col; | |
| 5788 } | |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 /* | |
| 5791 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5792 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5793 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5794 * ^ | |
| 5795 */ | |
| 5796 static int | |
| 5442 | 5797 skip_label(lnum, pp) |
| 7 | 5798 linenr_T lnum; |
| 5799 char_u **pp; | |
| 5800 { | |
| 5801 char_u *l; | |
| 5802 int amount; | |
| 5803 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5804 | |
| 5805 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5806 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5807 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5808 /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 5809 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 5810 { |
| 5811 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5812 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5813 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5814 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5815 } | |
| 5816 else | |
| 5817 { | |
| 5818 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5819 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5820 } | |
| 5821 *pp = l; | |
| 5822 | |
| 5823 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5824 return amount; | |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 /* | |
| 5828 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5829 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5830 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5831 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5832 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5833 */ | |
| 5834 static int | |
| 5835 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5836 { | |
| 5837 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5838 int len; | |
| 5839 pos_T fp; | |
| 5840 colnr_T col; | |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5843 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5844 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5845 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5846 { | |
| 5847 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5848 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5849 } |
| 5850 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5851 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5852 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5853 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5854 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5855 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5856 { | |
| 5857 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5858 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5859 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5860 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5861 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5862 p = s; | |
| 5863 } | |
| 5864 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5865 ; | |
| 5866 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5867 return 0; | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5870 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5871 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5872 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5873 return (int)col; | |
| 5874 } | |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 /* | |
| 5877 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5878 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5879 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5880 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5881 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5882 * asdf\ | |
| 5883 * here"; | |
| 5884 */ | |
| 5885 static int | |
| 5886 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5887 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5888 { | |
| 5889 char_u *line; | |
| 5890 char_u *s; | |
| 5891 colnr_T col; | |
| 5892 pos_T fp; | |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5895 { | |
| 5896 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5897 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5898 return -1; | |
| 5899 } | |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5902 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5903 { | |
| 5904 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5905 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5906 else | |
| 5907 ++s; | |
| 5908 } | |
| 5909 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5910 return 0; | |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5913 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5914 return 0; | |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5917 ++s; | |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5920 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5921 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5922 return (int)col; | |
| 5923 } | |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 /* | |
| 5926 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5927 */ | |
| 5928 static int | |
| 5929 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5930 char_u *s; | |
| 5931 { | |
| 2776 | 5932 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5933 return TRUE; |
| 5934 return FALSE; | |
| 5935 } | |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 /* | |
| 5938 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5939 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5940 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5941 */ | |
| 5942 static int | |
| 5943 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5944 char_u **pp; | |
| 5945 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5946 { | |
| 5947 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5948 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5949 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5950 | |
| 408 | 5951 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5952 { |
| 5953 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5956 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5957 break; | |
| 5958 } | |
| 5959 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5960 break; | |
| 5961 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5962 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5963 break; | |
| 5964 } | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5967 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5968 return retval; | |
| 5969 } | |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 /* | |
| 5972 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5973 */ | |
| 5974 static int | |
| 5975 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5976 char_u *p; | |
| 5977 { | |
| 5978 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5979 } | |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 /* | |
| 5982 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5983 */ | |
| 5984 static int | |
| 5985 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5986 char_u *p; | |
| 5987 { | |
| 5988 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 /* | |
| 2805 | 5992 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5993 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5994 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5995 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5996 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5997 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5998 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5999 */ | |
| 6000 static int | |
| 6001 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 6002 char_u *s; | |
| 6003 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 6004 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 6005 { | |
| 2843 | 6006 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 6007 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 6008 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 6009 |
| 6010 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 6013 found_start = *s; | |
| 6014 | |
| 2843 | 6015 if (!found_start) |
| 6016 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 6017 | |
| 7 | 6018 while (*s) |
| 6019 { | |
| 6020 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 6021 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 6022 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 6023 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 6024 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 6025 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 6026 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 6027 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 6028 else if (*s == '{') |
| 6029 { | |
| 6030 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6031 return *s; | |
| 6032 else | |
| 6033 ++n_open; | |
| 6034 } | |
| 7 | 6035 |
| 6036 if (*s) | |
| 6037 s++; | |
| 6038 } | |
| 6039 return found_start; | |
| 6040 } | |
| 6041 | |
| 6042 /* | |
| 6043 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 6044 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 6045 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 6046 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6047 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 6048 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 6049 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 6050 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 6051 */ |
| 6052 static int | |
| 5442 | 6053 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum) |
| 7 | 6054 char_u **sp; |
| 6055 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 6056 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 7 | 6057 { |
| 6058 char_u *s; | |
| 6059 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 6060 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 6061 pos_T *trypos; |
| 6062 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6063 |
| 6064 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 6065 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6066 else | |
| 6067 s = *sp; | |
| 6068 | |
| 3220 | 6069 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5442 | 6070 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 3220 | 6071 { |
| 6072 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6073 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 6074 return FALSE; | |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6077 } | |
| 6078 | |
| 2776 | 6079 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 6080 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6081 return FALSE; | |
| 6082 | |
| 7 | 6083 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 6084 { | |
| 6085 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6086 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6087 else | |
| 6088 ++s; | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 if (*s != '(') | |
| 6091 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6096 { | |
| 6097 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 6098 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 6099 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 6100 * defined(y) | |
| 6101 */ | |
| 6102 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 6103 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6104 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 6105 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6106 goto done; | |
| 6107 } | |
| 2776 | 6108 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 6109 { | |
| 6110 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6113 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 6114 * func(arg1 | |
| 6115 * , arg2) */ | |
| 6116 for (;;) | |
| 6117 { | |
| 6118 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6119 break; | |
| 6120 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 6121 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6122 break; | |
| 6123 } | |
| 7 | 6124 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 6125 break; | |
| 2776 | 6126 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 6127 * start of next line. */ | |
| 6128 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 6129 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 6130 break; |
| 3220 | 6131 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6132 } |
| 6133 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6134 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6135 else | |
| 3220 | 6136 { |
| 7 | 6137 ++s; |
| 3220 | 6138 just_started = FALSE; |
| 6139 } | |
| 7 | 6140 } |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 done: | |
| 6143 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 6144 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 return retval; | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 static int | |
| 6150 cin_isif(p) | |
| 6151 char_u *p; | |
| 6152 { | |
| 6153 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6154 } | |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 static int | |
| 6157 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 6158 char_u *p; | |
| 6159 { | |
| 6160 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 6161 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 6162 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 6163 } | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 static int | |
| 6166 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 6167 char_u *p; | |
| 6168 { | |
| 6169 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6170 } | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 /* | |
| 6173 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 6174 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 6175 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 6176 */ | |
| 6177 static int | |
| 5442 | 6178 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6179 char_u *p; |
| 6180 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6181 { | |
| 6182 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6183 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6184 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6185 | |
| 6186 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6187 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6188 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6189 if (cin_starts_with(p, "while")) |
| 7 | 6190 { |
| 6191 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6192 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6193 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6194 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6195 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 6196 { | |
| 6197 ++p; | |
| 6198 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6199 } | |
| 5442 | 6200 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, |
| 6201 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 7 | 6202 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') |
| 6203 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6204 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6205 } | |
| 6206 return retval; | |
| 6207 } | |
| 6208 | |
| 829 | 6209 /* |
| 3461 | 6210 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 6211 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 6212 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 6213 * string was found. | |
| 6214 */ | |
| 6215 static int | |
| 3461 | 6216 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 6217 char_u *line; |
| 6218 int *poffset; | |
| 6219 { | |
| 3461 | 6220 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6221 |
| 6222 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6223 return 0; | |
| 6224 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6225 --offset; | |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 offset -= 1; | |
| 6228 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6229 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6232 { | |
| 6233 offset -= 1; | |
| 6234 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6235 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6236 | |
| 6237 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6238 { | |
| 6239 offset -= 2; | |
| 6240 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6241 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6242 } | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6245 |
| 3454 | 6246 probablyFound: |
| 6247 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6248 { | |
| 6249 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6250 return 1; | |
| 6251 } | |
| 6252 return 0; | |
| 6253 } | |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 /* | |
| 829 | 6256 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6257 * do | |
| 6258 * nothing; | |
| 6259 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6260 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6261 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6262 */ | |
| 6263 static int | |
| 5442 | 6264 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated) |
| 829 | 6265 int terminated; |
| 6266 { | |
| 6267 char_u *line; | |
| 6268 char_u *p; | |
| 6269 char_u *s; | |
| 6270 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6271 int i; | |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6274 return FALSE; | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6277 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6278 { | |
| 6279 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6280 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6281 { | |
| 6282 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6283 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6284 { | |
| 6285 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6286 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6287 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6288 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 5442 | 6289 trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 829 | 6290 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 6291 { | |
| 6292 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6293 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6294 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6295 if (cin_starts_with(s, "while")) |
| 829 | 6296 { |
| 6297 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6298 return TRUE; | |
| 6299 } | |
| 6300 } | |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6303 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6304 p = line + i; | |
| 6305 } | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6308 ++p; | |
| 6309 } | |
| 6310 return FALSE; | |
| 6311 } | |
| 6312 | |
| 7 | 6313 static int |
| 6314 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6315 char_u *p; | |
| 6316 { | |
| 6317 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6318 } | |
| 6319 | |
| 828 | 6320 /* |
| 6321 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6322 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6323 * | |
| 6324 * class MyClass : | |
| 6325 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6326 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6327 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6328 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6329 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6330 * |
| 6331 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6332 */ |
| 6333 static int | |
| 1336 | 6334 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6335 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6336 { |
| 6337 char_u *s; | |
| 6338 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6339 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6340 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6341 |
| 6342 *col = 0; | |
| 6343 | |
| 17 | 6344 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6345 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6346 return FALSE; | |
| 6347 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6348 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6349 return FALSE; | |
| 6350 | |
| 6351 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6352 | |
| 828 | 6353 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6354 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6355 * a = cond ? | |
| 6356 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6357 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6358 * func::foo() |
| 6359 * : something | |
| 6360 * {} | |
| 6361 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6362 * : something(4), | |
| 6363 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6364 * {} | |
| 6365 */ | |
| 6366 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6367 { | |
| 1336 | 6368 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6369 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6370 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6371 break; | |
| 6372 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6373 { | |
| 6374 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6375 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6376 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6377 break; | |
| 6378 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6379 ++s; | |
| 6380 } | |
| 6381 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6382 break; | |
| 6383 --lnum; | |
| 6384 } | |
| 6385 | |
| 1336 | 6386 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6387 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6388 for (;;) |
| 6389 { | |
| 6390 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6391 { | |
| 6392 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6393 break; | |
| 6394 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6395 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6396 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6397 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6398 continue; | |
| 828 | 6399 } |
| 6400 | |
| 2807 | 6401 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6402 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6403 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6404 { |
| 6405 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6406 { | |
| 6407 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6408 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6409 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6410 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6411 } | |
| 6412 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6413 { | |
| 6414 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6415 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6416 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6417 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6418 *col = 0; | |
| 6419 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6420 } | |
| 6421 else | |
| 6422 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6423 } | |
| 6424 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6425 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6428 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6431 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6432 else | |
| 6433 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 else | |
| 6436 { | |
| 6437 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6438 { | |
| 6439 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6440 } | |
| 6441 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6442 { | |
| 6443 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6444 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6445 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6446 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6447 } | |
| 827 | 6448 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6449 { | |
| 6450 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6451 return FALSE; | |
| 6452 } | |
| 7 | 6453 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6454 { | |
| 6455 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6456 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6457 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6458 } | |
| 6459 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6460 { | |
| 6461 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6462 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6465 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6466 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6467 } | |
| 6468 | |
| 828 | 6469 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6470 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6471 *col = 0; | |
| 6472 | |
| 7 | 6473 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6474 } | |
| 6475 } | |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6478 } | |
| 6479 | |
| 828 | 6480 static int |
| 5442 | 6481 get_baseclass_amount(col) |
| 828 | 6482 int col; |
| 6483 { | |
| 6484 int amount; | |
| 6485 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6486 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 if (col == 0) | |
| 6489 { | |
| 6490 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6491 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 5442 | 6492 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 828 | 6493 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ |
| 6494 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 5442 | 6495 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass; |
| 828 | 6496 } |
| 6497 else | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6500 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6501 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6502 } | |
| 5442 | 6503 if (amount < curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass) |
| 6504 amount = curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 828 | 6505 return amount; |
| 6506 } | |
| 6507 | |
| 7 | 6508 /* |
| 6509 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6510 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6511 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6512 */ | |
| 6513 static int | |
| 6514 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6515 char_u *s; | |
| 6516 char_u *find; | |
| 6517 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6520 char_u *r; | |
| 6521 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6524 { | |
| 6525 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6526 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6527 { | |
| 6528 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6529 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6530 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6531 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6532 return TRUE; | |
| 6533 } | |
| 6534 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6535 ++p; | |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 return FALSE; | |
| 6538 } | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 /* | |
| 4184 | 6541 * Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character. |
| 6542 */ | |
| 6543 static int | |
| 6544 cin_starts_with(s, word) | |
| 6545 char_u *s; | |
| 6546 char *word; | |
| 6547 { | |
| 4207 | 6548 int l = (int)STRLEN(word); |
| 4184 | 6549 |
| 6550 return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l])); | |
| 6551 } | |
| 6552 | |
| 6553 /* | |
| 7 | 6554 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". |
| 6555 * Return the column found. | |
| 6556 */ | |
| 6557 static int | |
| 6558 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6559 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6560 { | |
| 6561 char_u *line; | |
| 6562 char_u *p; | |
| 6563 | |
| 6564 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6565 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6566 { | |
| 6567 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6568 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6569 else | |
| 6570 { | |
| 6571 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6572 ++p; | |
| 6573 } | |
| 6574 } | |
| 6575 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 /* | |
| 6579 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6580 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6581 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6582 * work. */ | |
| 6583 /* foo() */ | |
| 6584 /* { */ | |
| 6585 /* } */ | |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 static pos_T * | |
| 5442 | 6588 find_start_brace() /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6589 { |
| 6590 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6591 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6592 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6593 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6596 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6597 { | |
| 6598 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6599 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6600 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6601 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6602 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6603 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 5442 | 6604 && (pos = ind_find_start_comment()) == NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6605 break; |
| 6606 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6607 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6608 } | |
| 6609 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6610 return trypos; | |
| 6611 } | |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 /* | |
| 6614 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6615 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6616 */ |
| 6617 static pos_T * | |
| 5442 | 6618 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6619 int ind_maxparen; |
| 6620 { | |
| 6621 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6622 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6623 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6624 |
| 6625 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6626 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6627 { | |
| 6628 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6629 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6630 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6631 else | |
| 6632 { | |
| 6633 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6634 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6635 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5442 | 6636 if (ind_find_start_comment() != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6637 trypos = NULL; |
| 6638 } | |
| 6639 } | |
| 6640 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6641 return trypos; | |
| 6642 } | |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 /* | |
| 6645 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6646 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6647 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6648 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6649 */ | |
| 6650 static int | |
| 5442 | 6651 corr_ind_maxparen(startpos) |
| 7 | 6652 pos_T *startpos; |
| 6653 { | |
| 6654 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6655 | |
| 5442 | 6656 if (n > 0 && n < curbuf->b_ind_maxparen / 2) |
| 6657 return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6658 return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen; | |
| 7 | 6659 } |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 /* | |
| 6662 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6663 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6664 */ |
| 6665 static int | |
| 6666 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6667 char_u *l; | |
| 6668 int start, end; | |
| 6669 { | |
| 6670 int i; | |
| 6671 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6672 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6675 | |
| 3172 | 6676 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6677 { |
| 6678 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6679 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6680 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6681 ++open_count; | |
| 6682 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6683 { | |
| 6684 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6685 --open_count; | |
| 6686 else | |
| 6687 { | |
| 6688 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6689 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6690 } | |
| 6691 } | |
| 6692 } | |
| 6693 return retval; | |
| 6694 } | |
| 6695 | |
| 5438 | 6696 /* |
| 6697 * Parse 'cinoptions' and set the values in "curbuf". | |
| 6698 * Must be called when 'cinoptions', 'shiftwidth' and/or 'tabstop' changes. | |
| 6699 */ | |
| 6700 void | |
| 6701 parse_cino(buf) | |
| 6702 buf_T *buf; | |
| 6703 { | |
| 6704 char_u *p; | |
| 6705 char_u *l; | |
| 6706 char_u *digits; | |
| 6707 int n; | |
| 6708 int divider; | |
| 6709 int fraction = 0; | |
| 6710 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(buf); | |
| 7 | 6711 |
| 6712 /* | |
| 5438 | 6713 * Set the default values. |
| 7 | 6714 */ |
| 5438 | 6715 /* Spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that |
| 6716 * block should be. */ | |
| 6717 buf->b_ind_level = sw; | |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 /* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6720 * line is imagined to be. */ | |
| 6721 buf->b_ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 /* Spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by | |
| 6724 * an opening brace. */ | |
| 6725 buf->b_ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 /* Column where the first { of a function should be located }. */ | |
| 6728 buf->b_ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 /* Spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6731 * located. */ | |
| 6732 buf->b_ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 /* Spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6735 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6736 * brace should be located. */ | |
| 6737 buf->b_ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 /* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6740 * column is imagined to be. */ | |
| 6741 buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6742 | |
| 6743 /* Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, | |
| 6744 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. */ | |
| 6745 buf->b_ind_jump_label = -1; | |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 /* Spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located. */ | |
| 6748 buf->b_ind_case = sw; | |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 /* Spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located. */ | |
| 6751 buf->b_ind_case_code = sw; | |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 /* Lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label. */ | |
| 6754 buf->b_ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 /* Spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6757 * should be located. */ | |
| 6758 buf->b_ind_scopedecl = sw; | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 /* Spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located. */ | |
| 6761 buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = sw; | |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 /* Amount K&R-style parameters should be indented. */ | |
| 6764 buf->b_ind_param = sw; | |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 /* Amount a function type spec should be indented. */ | |
| 6767 buf->b_ind_func_type = sw; | |
| 6768 | |
| 6769 /* Amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6770 * should be indented. */ | |
| 6771 buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = sw; | |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 /* additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6774 * should be located. */ | |
| 6775 buf->b_ind_continuation = sw; | |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 /* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6778 buf->b_ind_unclosed = sw * 2; | |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 /* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6781 * itself is also unclosed. */ | |
| 6782 buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = sw; | |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 /* Suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6785 * unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6786 buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 /* If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6789 * b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6790 * context (for very long lines). */ | |
| 6791 buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 /* Suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6794 * an unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6795 buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 /* Indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6798 * opening parentheses. */ | |
| 6799 buf->b_ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 /* Indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. */ | |
| 6802 buf->b_ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6803 | |
| 6804 /* Extra indent for comments. */ | |
| 6805 buf->b_ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 /* Spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. */ | |
| 6808 buf->b_ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 /* Boolean: if non-zero, use b_ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6811 * after the comment opener. */ | |
| 6812 buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 /* Max lines to search for an open paren. */ | |
| 6815 buf->b_ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 /* Max lines to search for an open comment. */ | |
| 6818 buf->b_ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6819 | |
| 6820 /* Handle braces for java code. */ | |
| 6821 buf->b_ind_java = 0; | |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 /* Not to confuse JS object properties with labels. */ | |
| 6824 buf->b_ind_js = 0; | |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 /* Handle blocked cases correctly. */ | |
| 6827 buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 /* Handle C++ namespace. */ | |
| 6830 buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 /* Handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6833 * while(). */ | |
| 6834 buf->b_ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 for (p = buf->b_p_cino; *p; ) | |
| 6837 { | |
| 6838 l = p++; | |
| 6839 if (*p == '-') | |
| 6840 ++p; | |
| 6841 digits = p; /* remember where the digits start */ | |
| 6842 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 6843 divider = 0; | |
| 6844 if (*p == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6845 { | |
| 6846 fraction = atol((char *)++p); | |
| 6847 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 6848 { | |
| 6849 ++p; | |
| 6850 if (divider) | |
| 6851 divider *= 10; | |
| 6852 else | |
| 6853 divider = 10; | |
| 6854 } | |
| 6855 } | |
| 6856 if (*p == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6857 { | |
| 6858 if (p == digits) | |
| 6859 n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6860 else | |
| 6861 { | |
| 6862 n *= sw; | |
| 6863 if (divider) | |
| 6864 n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 6865 } | |
| 6866 ++p; | |
| 6867 } | |
| 6868 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6869 n = -n; | |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 6872 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ | |
| 6873 switch (*l) | |
| 6874 { | |
| 6875 case '>': buf->b_ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6876 case 'e': buf->b_ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6877 case 'n': buf->b_ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6878 case 'f': buf->b_ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6879 case '{': buf->b_ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6880 case '}': buf->b_ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6881 case '^': buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
| 6882 case 'L': buf->b_ind_jump_label = n; break; | |
| 6883 case ':': buf->b_ind_case = n; break; | |
| 6884 case '=': buf->b_ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6885 case 'b': buf->b_ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6886 case 'p': buf->b_ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6887 case 't': buf->b_ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6888 case '/': buf->b_ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6889 case 'c': buf->b_ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6890 case 'C': buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6891 case 'i': buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6892 case '+': buf->b_ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6893 case '(': buf->b_ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6894 case 'u': buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6895 case 'U': buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6896 case 'W': buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6897 case 'w': buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6898 case 'm': buf->b_ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 6899 case 'M': buf->b_ind_paren_prev = n; break; | |
| 6900 case ')': buf->b_ind_maxparen = n; break; | |
| 6901 case '*': buf->b_ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6902 case 'g': buf->b_ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6903 case 'h': buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6904 case 'j': buf->b_ind_java = n; break; | |
| 6905 case 'J': buf->b_ind_js = n; break; | |
| 6906 case 'l': buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = n; break; | |
| 6907 case '#': buf->b_ind_hash_comment = n; break; | |
| 6908 case 'N': buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; | |
| 6909 case 'k': buf->b_ind_if_for_while = n; break; | |
| 6910 } | |
| 6911 if (*p == ',') | |
| 6912 ++p; | |
| 6913 } | |
| 6914 } | |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 int | |
| 6917 get_c_indent() | |
| 6918 { | |
| 7 | 6919 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6920 int amount; | |
| 6921 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6922 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6923 colnr_T col; |
| 6924 char_u *theline; | |
| 6925 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6926 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6927 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6928 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6929 char_u *start; | |
| 6930 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6931 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6932 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6933 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6934 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6935 char_u *l; | |
| 6936 char_u *look; | |
| 6937 char_u terminated; | |
| 6938 int lookfor; | |
| 6939 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6940 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6941 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6942 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6943 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6944 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6945 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6946 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6947 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6948 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6949 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 int whilelevel; | |
| 6952 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6953 int n; | |
| 6954 int iscase; | |
| 6955 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6956 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6957 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6958 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6959 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6960 |
| 5438 | 6961 /* make a copy, value is changed below */ |
| 6962 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_ind_continuation; | |
| 7 | 6963 |
| 6964 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6965 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6966 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6967 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6968 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6969 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6970 |
| 7 | 6971 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6972 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6973 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6974 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6975 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6976 return 0; | |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 /* | |
| 6979 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6980 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6981 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6982 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6983 * check for that. | |
| 6984 */ | |
| 6985 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6986 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6987 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6988 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6989 | |
| 6990 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6995 | |
| 5442 | 6996 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(); /* XXX */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6997 |
| 7 | 6998 /* |
| 6999 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 7000 */ | |
| 7001 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 5438 | 7002 amount = curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment; |
| 7 | 7003 |
| 7004 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7005 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7006 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7007 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 7008 */ |
| 5438 | 7009 else if (original_line_islabel && !curbuf->b_ind_js |
| 7010 && curbuf->b_ind_jump_label < 0) | |
| 7 | 7011 { |
| 7012 amount = 0; | |
| 7013 } | |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 /* | |
| 7016 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 7017 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 7018 */ | |
| 7019 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 7020 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 7021 { | |
| 7022 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7023 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7024 amount = col; | |
| 7025 } | |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 /* | |
| 7028 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 7029 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 7030 */ | |
| 7031 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 5442 | 7032 && (trypos = ind_find_start_comment()) != NULL) |
| 5438 | 7033 /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 7034 { |
| 7035 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 7036 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 7037 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 7038 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 7039 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 7040 char_u *p; | |
| 7041 int start_align = 0; | |
| 7042 int start_off = 0; | |
| 7043 int done = FALSE; | |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7046 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7047 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 7048 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 7049 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 7050 |
| 7051 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 7052 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7053 { | |
| 7054 int align = 0; | |
| 7055 int off = 0; | |
| 7056 int what = 0; | |
| 7057 | |
| 7058 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 7059 { | |
| 7060 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7061 what = *p++; | |
| 7062 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 7063 align = *p++; | |
| 7064 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 7065 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7066 else | |
| 7067 ++p; | |
| 7068 } | |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 if (*p == ':') | |
| 7071 ++p; | |
| 7072 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 7073 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 7074 { | |
| 7075 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 7076 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 7077 start_off = off; | |
| 7078 start_align = align; | |
| 7079 } | |
| 7080 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7081 { | |
| 7082 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 7083 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 7084 } | |
| 7085 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 7086 { | |
| 7087 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 7088 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 7089 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 7090 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 7091 { | |
| 7092 done = TRUE; | |
| 7093 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7094 { | |
| 7095 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 7096 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 7097 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 7098 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 7099 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 7100 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 7101 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7102 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 7103 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 7104 { | |
| 7105 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7106 break; | |
| 7107 } | |
| 7108 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 7109 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 7110 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 7111 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 7112 continue; | |
| 7113 } | |
| 7114 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 7115 amount += start_off; | |
| 7116 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7117 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7118 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7119 break; |
| 7120 } | |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 7123 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 7124 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 7125 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 7126 { | |
| 7127 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7128 /* XXX */ | |
| 7129 if (off != 0) | |
| 7130 amount += off; | |
| 7131 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7132 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7133 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7134 done = TRUE; |
| 7135 break; | |
| 7136 } | |
| 7137 } | |
| 7138 } | |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 7141 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 7142 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 7143 */ | |
| 7144 if (done) | |
| 7145 ; | |
| 7146 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 7147 amount += 1; | |
| 7148 else | |
| 7149 { | |
| 7150 /* | |
| 7151 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 7152 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 7153 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 7154 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 7155 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 7156 */ | |
| 7157 amount = -1; | |
| 7158 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7159 { | |
| 7160 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 7161 continue; | |
| 7162 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7163 break; | |
| 7164 } | |
| 7165 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 7166 { | |
| 5438 | 7167 if (!curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2) |
| 7 | 7168 { |
| 7169 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 7170 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 7171 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 7172 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 7173 } | |
| 7174 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7175 amount = col; | |
| 5438 | 7176 if (curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) |
| 7177 amount += curbuf->b_ind_in_comment; | |
| 7 | 7178 } |
| 7179 } | |
| 7180 } | |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 /* | |
| 7183 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 7184 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 7185 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL |
| 5438 | 7186 && curbuf->b_ind_java == 0) |
| 5442 | 7187 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace()) != NULL |
| 7 | 7188 || trypos != NULL) |
| 7189 { | |
| 7190 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7193 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7194 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7195 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7196 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7197 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7198 else | |
| 7199 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7200 } | |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7203 { | |
| 7204 /* | |
| 7205 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7206 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7207 */ | |
| 5438 | 7208 if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_paren_prev) |
| 829 | 7209 { |
| 7210 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7211 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7212 } | |
| 7213 else | |
| 7214 { | |
| 7215 amount = -1; | |
| 7216 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7217 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7218 { |
| 829 | 7219 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7220 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7221 continue; | |
| 7222 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7223 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7224 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 7227 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_comment()) != NULL) |
| 829 | 7228 { |
| 7229 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7230 continue; | |
| 7231 } | |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 /* XXX */ | |
| 7234 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 5442 | 7235 corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos))) != NULL |
| 829 | 7236 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7237 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7238 { | |
| 7239 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7242 { | |
| 7243 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7244 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7245 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7246 amount = -1; | |
| 7247 } | |
| 7248 break; | |
| 7249 } | |
| 7 | 7250 } |
| 7251 } | |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 /* | |
| 7254 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7255 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7256 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7257 */ | |
| 7258 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7259 { | |
| 829 | 7260 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7261 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7262 | |
| 5438 | 7263 if (curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while) |
| 3454 | 7264 { |
| 7265 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7266 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7267 | |
| 7268 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7269 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7270 char_u *line; | |
| 7271 | |
| 7272 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7273 do { | |
| 7274 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7275 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7276 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7277 | |
| 5442 | 7278 trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 3454 | 7279 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); |
| 7280 | |
| 7281 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7282 | |
| 7283 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7286 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7287 } |
| 829 | 7288 |
| 5442 | 7289 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look); |
| 829 | 7290 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7291 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7292 { | |
| 7293 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7294 char_u *line; | |
| 7295 int look_col; | |
| 7296 | |
| 7297 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7298 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7299 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7300 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7301 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7302 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 5438 | 7303 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, |
| 7304 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) | |
| 829 | 7305 != NULL |
| 7306 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7307 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7308 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7309 | |
| 7310 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7311 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7312 } | |
| 5438 | 7313 if (theline[0] == ')' || (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0 |
| 7314 && is_if_for_while == 0) | |
| 7315 || (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' | |
| 829 | 7316 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7317 { |
| 7318 /* | |
| 7319 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7320 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 5438 | 7321 * When b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is |
| 7 | 7322 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the |
| 7323 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 5438 | 7324 * outer paren and add b_ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long |
| 7 | 7325 * lines). |
| 7326 */ | |
| 7327 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7328 { | |
| 7329 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7330 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 5438 | 7331 if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped |
| 7 | 7332 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) |
| 7333 { | |
| 7334 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7335 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7336 n = 1; | |
| 7337 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7338 { | |
| 7339 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7340 { | |
| 7341 case '(': | |
| 7342 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7343 break; | |
| 7344 | |
| 7345 case ')': | |
| 7346 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7347 --n; | |
| 7348 break; | |
| 7349 } | |
| 7350 } | |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 5438 | 7353 amount += n * curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped; |
| 7 | 7354 } |
| 5438 | 7355 else if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok) |
| 7 | 7356 our_paren_pos.col++; |
| 7357 else | |
| 7358 { | |
| 7359 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7360 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7361 col++; | |
| 7362 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7363 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7364 else | |
| 7365 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7366 } | |
| 7367 } | |
| 7368 | |
| 7369 /* | |
| 7370 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7371 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7372 */ | |
| 7373 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7374 { | |
| 7375 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7376 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7377 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 } | |
| 7380 | |
| 5438 | 7381 if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_matching_paren) |
| 7 | 7382 { |
| 7383 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7384 } | |
| 5438 | 7385 else if ((curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7386 || (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7387 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7388 { |
| 7389 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7390 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 else | |
| 7393 { | |
| 5438 | 7394 /* Add b_ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, |
| 7395 * but ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7396 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7397 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7398 { |
| 7399 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7400 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7401 { | |
| 5438 | 7402 case '(': amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7403 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 7404 break; | |
| 5438 | 7405 case ')': amount -= curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7406 col = MAXCOL; |
| 7407 break; | |
| 7408 } | |
| 7409 } | |
| 7410 | |
| 5438 | 7411 /* Use b_ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside |
| 7 | 7412 * braces */ |
| 7413 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 5438 | 7414 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed; |
| 7 | 7415 else |
| 7416 { | |
| 7417 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7418 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5442 | 7419 if (find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen) != NULL) |
| 5438 | 7420 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7421 else |
| 3454 | 7422 { |
| 7423 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 5438 | 7424 amount += curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while; |
| 3454 | 7425 else |
| 5438 | 7426 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed; |
| 3454 | 7427 } |
| 7 | 7428 } |
| 7429 /* | |
| 7430 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7431 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7432 * lines: | |
| 7433 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7434 * arg && yy | |
| 7435 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7436 */ | |
| 7437 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7438 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7439 } | |
| 7440 } | |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7443 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 5438 | 7444 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; |
| 7 | 7445 } |
| 7446 | |
| 7447 /* | |
| 7448 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7449 */ | |
| 7450 else | |
| 7451 { | |
| 7452 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7455 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 /* | |
| 7458 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7459 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7460 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7461 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7462 */ | |
| 7463 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7464 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7465 { | |
| 7466 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7467 amount = col; | |
| 7468 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7469 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7470 else | |
| 7471 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7472 } | |
| 7473 else | |
| 7474 { | |
| 7475 /* | |
| 7476 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7477 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7478 */ | |
| 7479 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 /* | |
| 7482 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7483 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7484 */ | |
| 7485 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7486 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 5442 | 7487 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) |
| 7488 != NULL) | |
| 7 | 7489 lnum = trypos->lnum; |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 /* | |
| 7492 * It could have been something like | |
| 7493 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7494 * ldfd) { | |
| 7495 * } | |
| 7496 */ | |
| 5438 | 7497 if (curbuf->b_ind_js || (curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7498 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7499 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7500 else | |
| 5442 | 7501 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l); |
| 7 | 7502 |
| 7503 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7504 } | |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 /* | |
| 7507 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7508 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7509 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7510 */ | |
| 7511 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7512 { | |
| 7513 /* | |
| 7514 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7515 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7516 */ | |
| 5438 | 7517 amount += curbuf->b_ind_close_extra; |
| 7 | 7518 } |
| 7519 else | |
| 7520 { | |
| 7521 /* | |
| 7522 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7523 * to match it with. | |
| 7524 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7525 * to match it with. | |
| 7526 */ | |
| 7527 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7528 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7529 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 5442 | 7530 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 7531 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; |
| 7532 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7533 { | |
| 7534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 5442 | 7535 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope) == OK) |
| 7 | 7536 { |
| 7537 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7538 goto theend; | |
| 7539 } | |
| 7540 } | |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 /* | |
| 7543 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7544 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7545 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7546 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7547 */ | |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 /* | |
| 7550 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7551 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 5438 | 7552 * location for b_ind_open_extra. |
| 7 | 7553 */ |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7556 { | |
| 5438 | 7557 amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_left_imag; |
| 2857 | 7558 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7559 } | |
| 7560 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7561 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7562 { | |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7565 } |
| 7566 else | |
| 7567 { | |
| 7568 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7569 { |
| 5438 | 7570 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7571 |
| 7572 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7573 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 5438 | 7574 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace; |
| 2857 | 7575 } |
| 7 | 7576 else |
| 7577 { | |
| 5438 | 7578 /* Compensate for adding b_ind_open_extra later. */ |
| 7579 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; | |
| 7 | 7580 if (amount < 0) |
| 7581 amount = 0; | |
| 7582 } | |
| 7583 } | |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7586 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7587 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7588 { |
| 7589 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 5438 | 7590 amount += curbuf->b_ind_case; |
| 7 | 7591 } |
| 7592 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7593 { | |
| 7594 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 5438 | 7595 amount += curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl; |
| 7 | 7596 } |
| 7597 else | |
| 7598 { | |
| 5438 | 7599 if (curbuf->b_ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) |
| 7600 /* break; ... */ | |
| 7 | 7601 lookfor_break = TRUE; |
| 7602 | |
| 7603 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 5438 | 7604 /* b_ind_level from start of block */ |
| 7605 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level; | |
| 7 | 7606 } |
| 7607 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7608 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 /* | |
| 7611 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7612 * with that. | |
| 7613 * | |
| 7614 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7615 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7616 * that opens the block. | |
| 7617 */ | |
| 7618 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7619 for (;;) | |
| 7620 { | |
| 7621 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7622 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 /* | |
| 7625 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7626 * up with it. | |
| 7627 */ | |
| 7628 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7629 { | |
| 7630 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7631 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7632 * go further back: | |
| 7633 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7634 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7635 * declaration: | |
| 7636 * int x, | |
| 7637 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7638 */ | |
| 7639 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7640 { | |
| 7641 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7642 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 5438 | 7643 < ourscope - curbuf->b_ind_maxparen) |
| 7 | 7644 { |
| 5438 | 7645 /* nothing found (abuse curbuf->b_ind_maxparen as |
| 7646 * limit) assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7 | 7647 * initialization) */ |
| 7648 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7649 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 5438 | 7650 else if (!curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 7 | 7651 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7652 break; | |
| 7653 } | |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7656 | |
| 7657 /* | |
| 7658 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7659 * comment. | |
| 7660 */ | |
| 5442 | 7661 trypos = ind_find_start_comment(); |
| 7 | 7662 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 7663 { | |
| 7664 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7665 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7666 continue; |
| 7667 } | |
| 7668 | |
| 7669 /* | |
| 7670 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7671 */ | |
| 7672 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7673 continue; | |
| 7674 | |
| 7675 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7676 continue; | |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 /* | |
| 7681 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7682 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7683 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7684 */ | |
| 7685 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 5442 | 7686 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0)) |
| 7 | 7687 { |
| 7688 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7689 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7690 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7691 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7692 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7693 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7694 */ | |
| 7695 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7696 break; | |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7699 * we are done. | |
| 7700 */ | |
| 7701 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7702 break; | |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7705 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7706 continue; | |
| 7707 } | |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7710 { | |
| 7711 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7712 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7713 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7714 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7715 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7716 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 5438 | 7717 trypos = find_match_paren( |
| 5442 | 7718 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 7 | 7719 |
| 7720 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 5442 | 7721 trypos = find_start_brace(); |
| 7 | 7722 |
| 7723 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7724 { | |
| 7725 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7726 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7727 continue; |
| 7728 } | |
| 7729 } | |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7732 * like in | |
| 7733 * int a, | |
| 7734 * b; | |
| 7735 */ | |
| 7736 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7737 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7738 else | |
| 7739 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7740 } | |
| 7741 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7742 { | |
| 7743 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7744 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7745 else | |
| 7746 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7747 } | |
| 3123 | 7748 else |
| 2857 | 7749 { |
| 3123 | 7750 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7751 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7752 { |
| 3123 | 7753 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7754 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7755 { | |
| 5438 | 7756 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7757 added_to_amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; | |
| 3123 | 7758 } |
| 2857 | 7759 } |
| 7760 | |
| 3123 | 7761 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7762 { |
| 3123 | 7763 /* |
| 7764 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7765 * back. | |
| 7766 */ | |
| 7767 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7768 continue; | |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7771 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7772 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7773 break; | |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7776 | |
| 7777 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7778 * the comment. */ | |
| 5442 | 7779 trypos = ind_find_start_comment(); |
| 3123 | 7780 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 7781 { | |
| 7782 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7783 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7784 continue; | |
| 7785 } | |
| 7786 | |
| 7787 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7788 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7789 continue; | |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7792 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7793 { | |
| 5438 | 7794 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace |
| 7795 - added_to_amount; | |
| 3123 | 7796 break; |
| 7797 } | |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7800 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7801 } |
| 7 | 7802 } |
| 7803 break; | |
| 7804 } | |
| 7805 | |
| 7806 /* | |
| 7807 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7808 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 7809 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_comment()) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7810 { |
| 7811 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7812 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7813 continue; |
| 7814 } | |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 /* | |
| 7819 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7820 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7821 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7822 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7823 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7824 { | |
| 7825 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7826 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7827 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7828 break; | |
| 7829 | |
| 7830 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7831 * labels. */ | |
| 7832 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7833 continue; | |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 /* | |
| 7836 * case xx: | |
| 7837 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7838 *-> here; | |
| 7839 */ | |
| 7840 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7841 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7842 { | |
| 7843 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7844 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7845 else | |
| 7846 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7847 break; | |
| 7848 } | |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 /* | |
| 7851 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7852 * x = 333; | |
| 7853 * case yy: | |
| 7854 */ | |
| 7855 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7856 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7857 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7858 { | |
| 7859 /* | |
| 7860 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7861 * switch() | |
| 7862 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 7863 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 5438 | 7864 || trypos->lnum == ourscope) |
| 7 | 7865 { |
| 7866 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7867 break; | |
| 7868 } | |
| 7869 continue; | |
| 7870 } | |
| 7871 | |
| 7872 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 /* | |
| 7875 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7876 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7877 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7878 * | |
| 7879 * case xx: | |
| 7880 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7881 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7882 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7883 */ | |
| 7884 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7885 { | |
| 7886 if (n) | |
| 7887 amount = n; | |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7890 break; | |
| 7891 } | |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 /* | |
| 7894 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7895 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7896 * | |
| 7897 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7898 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7899 */ | |
| 7900 if (n) | |
| 7901 { | |
| 7902 amount = n; | |
| 7903 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7904 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7905 { |
| 7906 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 7907 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 829 | 7908 else |
| 5438 | 7909 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level |
| 7910 + curbuf->b_ind_no_brace; | |
| 829 | 7911 } |
| 7 | 7912 break; |
| 7913 } | |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 /* | |
| 7916 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7917 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7918 * switch label. | |
| 7919 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7920 * case xx: | |
| 7921 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7922 */ | |
| 7923 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 5438 | 7924 ? curbuf->b_ind_case_code |
| 7925 : curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7926 lookfor = curbuf->b_ind_case_break | |
| 7927 ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7 | 7928 continue; |
| 7929 } | |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 /* | |
| 7932 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7933 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7934 */ | |
| 7935 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7936 { | |
| 5442 | 7937 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7938 && (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7939 { |
| 7 | 7940 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7941 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7942 } | |
| 7 | 7943 continue; |
| 7944 } | |
| 7945 | |
| 7946 /* | |
| 7947 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7948 */ | |
| 5442 | 7949 if (!curbuf->b_ind_js && cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 7950 { |
| 7951 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7952 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7953 continue; | |
| 7954 } | |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 /* | |
| 7957 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7958 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7959 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7960 * unlocked it) | |
| 7961 */ | |
| 7962 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7963 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7964 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7965 continue; | |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 /* | |
| 7968 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7969 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7970 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7971 n = FALSE; |
| 5438 | 7972 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) |
| 827 | 7973 { |
| 1336 | 7974 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7975 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7978 { |
| 7979 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7980 { | |
| 7981 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7982 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7983 else | |
| 7984 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7985 } | |
| 828 | 7986 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7987 { |
| 828 | 7988 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7989 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7990 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7991 continue; | |
| 7 | 7992 } |
| 7993 else | |
| 828 | 7994 /* XXX */ |
| 5442 | 7995 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col); |
| 7 | 7996 break; |
| 7997 } | |
| 7998 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7999 { | |
| 8000 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 8001 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 8002 */ | |
| 7 | 8003 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 8004 break; | |
| 8005 else | |
| 8006 continue; | |
| 8007 } | |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 /* | |
| 8010 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 8011 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 8012 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 8013 * 123, |
| 8014 * sizeof | |
| 8015 * here | |
| 8016 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 8017 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 8018 * (indented). | |
| 8019 */ | |
| 8020 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8023 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 8024 { | |
| 8025 /* | |
| 8026 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 8027 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 8028 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 8029 * if ( foo && | |
| 8030 * bar ) | |
| 8031 */ | |
| 8032 /* | |
| 8033 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8034 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8035 */ | |
| 8036 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 5442 | 8037 trypos = find_match_paren(corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos)); |
| 7 | 8038 |
| 8039 /* | |
| 8040 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 8041 * braces. | |
| 8042 */ | |
| 828 | 8043 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 8044 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 5442 | 8045 trypos = find_start_brace(); |
| 7 | 8046 |
| 8047 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 8048 { | |
| 8049 /* | |
| 8050 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8051 * handled above. | |
| 8052 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8053 * asdf) | |
| 8054 */ | |
| 1550 | 8055 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8056 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8057 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8058 { |
| 8059 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8060 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8061 continue; |
| 8062 } | |
| 8063 } | |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 /* | |
| 8066 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 8067 * indent from | |
| 8068 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 8069 * bla", | |
| 8070 * here; | |
| 8071 */ | |
| 8072 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8073 { | |
| 8074 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8075 { | |
| 8076 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8077 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8078 break; | |
| 8079 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8080 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8081 } |
| 8082 } | |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 /* | |
| 8085 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8086 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 8087 */ | |
| 5438 | 8088 if (!curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 5442 | 8089 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8090 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8091 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 8092 /* |
| 8093 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 8094 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 8095 * while (not) | |
| 8096 * -> { | |
| 8097 * } | |
| 8098 */ | |
| 8099 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8100 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8101 { | |
| 8102 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8103 /* | |
| 5438 | 8104 * Only add b_ind_open_extra when the current line |
| 7 | 8105 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match |
| 8106 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 8107 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 8108 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 8109 */ | |
| 8110 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 5438 | 8111 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 8112 | |
| 8113 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 7 | 8114 { |
| 8115 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 8116 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 8117 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8118 continue; | |
| 8119 } | |
| 8120 break; | |
| 8121 } | |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 /* | |
| 8124 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 8125 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 8126 */ | |
| 8127 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 8128 { | |
| 8129 /* | |
| 8130 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 8131 * with the last one. | |
| 8132 * if (cond) | |
| 8133 * 100 + | |
| 8134 * -> here; | |
| 8135 */ | |
| 8136 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8137 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8138 { | |
| 8139 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8140 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8141 else | |
| 8142 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8143 break; | |
| 8144 } | |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 /* | |
| 8147 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 8148 * are finished. | |
| 8149 * while (not) | |
| 8150 * -> here; | |
| 8151 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 8152 * before this is terminated. | |
| 8153 * yyy; | |
| 8154 * if (stat) | |
| 8155 * while (not) | |
| 8156 * xxx; | |
| 8157 * -> here; | |
| 8158 */ | |
| 8159 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8160 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8161 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8162 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) |
| 8163 { | |
| 5438 | 8164 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level |
| 8165 + curbuf->b_ind_no_brace; | |
| 7 | 8166 break; |
| 8167 } | |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 /* | |
| 8170 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 8171 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 8172 * do | |
| 8173 * x = 1; | |
| 8174 * -> here | |
| 8175 */ | |
| 8176 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8177 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8178 { | |
| 8179 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8180 break; | |
| 8181 --whilelevel; | |
| 8182 } | |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 /* | |
| 8185 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8186 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8187 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8188 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8189 */ | |
| 2855 | 8190 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8191 { | |
| 8192 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8193 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8194 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8195 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8196 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8197 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8198 |
| 5442 | 8199 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 8200 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum) | |
| 8201 == FAIL) | |
| 2855 | 8202 break; |
| 8203 } | |
| 7 | 8204 } |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 /* | |
| 8207 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8208 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8209 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8210 * the line before this one. |
| 8211 */ | |
| 8212 else | |
| 8213 { | |
| 8214 /* | |
| 8215 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8216 * the last one. | |
| 8217 * c = 99 + | |
| 8218 * 100 + | |
| 8219 * -> here; | |
| 8220 */ | |
| 8221 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8222 { | |
| 8223 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8224 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8225 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8226 break; | |
| 8227 } | |
| 8228 | |
| 8229 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8230 { | |
| 8231 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8232 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8233 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8234 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8235 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8236 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8237 { | |
| 5438 | 8238 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) |
| 7 | 8239 break; |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8242 continue; | |
| 8243 } | |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8246 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8247 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8248 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8249 } | |
| 8250 else | |
| 8251 { | |
| 8252 /* | |
| 8253 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8254 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8255 * 100 + | |
| 8256 * -> here; | |
| 8257 */ | |
| 8258 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 /* | |
| 8261 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8262 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8263 * struct xxx = | |
| 8264 * { | |
| 8265 * sizeof a, | |
| 8266 * 124 }; | |
| 8267 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8268 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8269 * yet. | |
| 8270 */ | |
| 8271 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8272 { | |
| 8273 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8274 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8275 } | |
| 8276 else | |
| 8277 { | |
| 8278 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8279 && *l != NUL | |
| 8280 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8281 /* XXX */ | |
| 8282 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8283 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8284 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8285 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8286 } | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 } | |
| 8289 } | |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 /* | |
| 8292 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8293 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8294 */ | |
| 8295 /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 8296 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated)) |
| 7 | 8297 { |
| 8298 /* | |
| 8299 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8300 * with the last one. | |
| 8301 * while (cond); | |
| 8302 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8303 * -> here; | |
| 8304 */ | |
| 8305 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8306 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8307 { | |
| 8308 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8309 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8310 else | |
| 8311 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8312 break; | |
| 8313 } | |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8316 { | |
| 8317 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8318 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8319 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8320 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8321 } |
| 8322 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8323 } | |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 /* | |
| 8326 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8327 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8328 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8329 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8330 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8331 */ | |
| 8332 else | |
| 8333 { | |
| 8334 /* | |
| 8335 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8336 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8337 */ | |
| 8338 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8339 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8340 { | |
| 8341 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8342 continue; | |
| 8343 } | |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 /* | |
| 8346 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8347 */ | |
| 8348 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8349 { | |
| 8350 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8351 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8352 { | |
| 8353 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8354 --whilelevel; | |
| 8355 continue; | |
| 8356 } | |
| 8357 } | |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 /* | |
| 8360 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8361 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8362 * x = 1; | |
| 8363 * y = foo + | |
| 8364 * -> here; | |
| 8365 * or | |
| 8366 * int x = 1; | |
| 8367 * int foo, | |
| 8368 * -> here; | |
| 8369 */ | |
| 8370 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8371 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8372 { | |
| 8373 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8374 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8375 else | |
| 8376 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8377 break; | |
| 8378 } | |
| 8379 | |
| 8380 /* | |
| 8381 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8382 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8383 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8384 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8385 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8386 * here; | |
| 8387 * ->foo; | |
| 8388 */ | |
| 8389 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8390 { | |
| 8391 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8392 break; | |
| 8393 } | |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 /* | |
| 8396 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8397 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8398 * a terminated line. | |
| 8399 */ | |
| 8400 else | |
| 8401 { | |
| 8402 /* | |
| 8403 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8404 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8405 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8406 * func(asdr, | |
| 8407 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8408 * here; | |
| 8409 */ | |
| 8410 term_again: | |
| 8411 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8412 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 5438 | 8413 && (trypos = find_match_paren( |
| 5442 | 8414 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 8415 { |
| 8416 /* | |
| 8417 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8418 * handled above. | |
| 8419 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8420 * asdf) | |
| 8421 */ | |
| 1550 | 8422 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8423 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8424 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8425 { |
| 8426 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8427 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8428 continue; |
| 8429 } | |
| 8430 } | |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8433 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8434 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8435 * stat; | |
| 8436 * } | |
| 8437 * case 2: | |
| 8438 * stat; | |
| 8439 * } | |
| 8440 */ | |
| 5438 | 8441 iscase = (curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label |
| 8442 && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 8443 |
| 8444 /* | |
| 8445 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8446 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8447 */ | |
| 5442 | 8448 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l); |
| 7 | 8449 |
| 8450 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8451 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 8452 /* See remark above: "Only add b_ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8453 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8454 if (*l == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8455 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8456 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 /* | |
| 827 | 8459 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8460 * the matching "if": | |
| 8461 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8462 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8463 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8464 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8465 */ | |
| 8466 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8467 && *l != '}' | |
| 8468 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8469 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8470 { | |
| 5442 | 8471 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 8472 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum) | |
| 8473 == FAIL) | |
| 827 | 8474 break; |
| 8475 continue; | |
| 8476 } | |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 /* | |
| 7 | 8479 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8480 * that block. | |
| 8481 */ | |
| 3172 | 8482 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 5442 | 8483 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') /* XXX */ |
| 8484 && (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8485 { |
| 1550 | 8486 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8487 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8488 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8489 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8490 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8491 goto term_again; | |
| 8492 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8493 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8494 } |
| 8495 } | |
| 8496 } | |
| 8497 } | |
| 8498 } | |
| 8499 } | |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8502 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 5438 | 8503 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8504 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8505 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
| 5438 | 8506 if (curbuf->b_ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
| 8507 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_jump_label; | |
| 7 | 8508 } |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 /* | |
| 8511 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8512 * | |
| 8513 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8514 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8515 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8516 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8517 */ | |
| 8518 else | |
| 8519 { | |
| 8520 /* | |
| 8521 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8522 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8523 * of a function | |
| 8524 */ | |
| 8525 | |
| 8526 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8527 { | |
| 5438 | 8528 amount = curbuf->b_ind_first_open; |
| 7 | 8529 } |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 /* | |
| 8532 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8533 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8534 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8535 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8536 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8537 */ |
| 8538 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8539 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8540 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8541 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8542 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8543 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8544 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 5442 | 8545 cur_curpos.lnum + 1) |
| 7 | 8546 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8547 { | |
| 5438 | 8548 amount = curbuf->b_ind_func_type; |
| 7 | 8549 } |
| 8550 else | |
| 8551 { | |
| 8552 amount = 0; | |
| 8553 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8556 | |
| 8557 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8558 { | |
| 8559 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8560 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8561 | |
| 8562 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 /* | |
| 8565 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8566 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 8567 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_comment()) != NULL) |
| 7 | 8568 { |
| 8569 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8570 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8571 continue; |
| 8572 } | |
| 8573 | |
| 8574 /* | |
| 827 | 8575 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8576 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8577 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8578 n = FALSE; |
| 5438 | 8579 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') |
| 827 | 8580 { |
| 1336 | 8581 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8582 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8583 } | |
| 8584 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8585 { |
| 828 | 8586 /* XXX */ |
| 5442 | 8587 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col); |
| 7 | 8588 break; |
| 8589 } | |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 /* | |
| 8592 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8593 */ | |
| 8594 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8595 continue; | |
| 8596 | |
| 8597 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8598 continue; | |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 /* | |
| 8601 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8602 * indentation: | |
| 8603 * int foo, | |
| 8604 * bar; | |
| 8605 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8606 * enum foobar | |
| 8607 * { | |
| 8608 * ... | |
| 8609 * } foo, | |
| 8610 * bar; | |
| 8611 */ | |
| 8612 n = 0; | |
| 8613 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8614 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8615 { | |
| 8616 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8617 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 5438 | 8618 && (trypos = find_match_paren( |
| 5442 | 8619 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 1550 | 8620 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8621 |
| 8622 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8623 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8624 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8625 * bla", | |
| 8626 * here; | |
| 8627 */ | |
| 8628 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8629 { | |
| 8630 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8631 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8632 break; | |
| 8633 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8634 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8635 } |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8638 | |
| 8639 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8640 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8641 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8642 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8643 break; | |
| 8644 } | |
| 8645 | |
| 8646 /* | |
| 8647 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8648 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8649 */ | |
| 5442 | 8650 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0)) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 8651 break; |
| 8652 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 /* | |
| 8655 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8656 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8657 */ | |
| 8658 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8659 break; | |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 /* (matching {) | |
| 8662 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8663 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8664 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8665 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8666 */ | |
| 8667 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8668 break; | |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 /* | |
| 3186 | 8671 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8672 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8673 * indent then. | |
| 8674 */ | |
| 8675 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8678 | |
| 8679 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8680 { | |
| 8681 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8682 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8683 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8684 break; | |
| 8685 } | |
| 8686 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8687 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8688 break; | |
| 8689 | |
| 8690 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 /* | |
| 7 | 8694 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8695 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8696 * parameters. | |
| 8697 */ | |
| 5442 | 8698 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0)) |
| 7 | 8699 { |
| 5438 | 8700 amount = curbuf->b_ind_param; |
| 7 | 8701 break; |
| 8702 } | |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 /* | |
| 8705 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8706 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8707 * int foo, | |
| 8708 * bar; | |
| 8709 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8710 */ | |
| 828 | 8711 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8712 { |
| 8713 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8714 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8715 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8716 break; | |
| 8717 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8718 } | |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 /* | |
| 8721 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8722 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8723 * | |
| 8724 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8725 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8726 */ | |
| 8727 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8728 | |
| 5442 | 8729 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 1550 | 8730 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8731 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8732 break; | |
| 8733 } | |
| 8734 | |
| 8735 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8736 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 5438 | 8737 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; |
| 7 | 8738 |
| 8739 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8740 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8741 * here"; | |
| 8742 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8743 * here"; | |
| 8744 */ | |
| 8745 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8746 { | |
| 8747 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8748 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8749 { | |
| 8750 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8751 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8752 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8753 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8754 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8755 } | |
| 8756 } | |
| 8757 } | |
| 8758 } | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 theend: | |
| 8761 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8762 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8765 | |
| 8766 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8767 return 0; | |
| 8768 return amount; | |
| 8769 } | |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 static int | |
| 5442 | 8772 find_match(lookfor, ourscope) |
| 7 | 8773 int lookfor; |
| 8774 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8775 { | |
| 8776 char_u *look; | |
| 8777 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8778 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8779 int elselevel; | |
| 8780 int whilelevel; | |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8783 { | |
| 8784 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8785 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8786 } | |
| 8787 else | |
| 8788 { | |
| 8789 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8790 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8791 } | |
| 8792 | |
| 8793 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8794 | |
| 8795 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8796 { | |
| 8797 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8798 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8799 | |
| 8800 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8801 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8802 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8803 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 8804 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7 | 8805 { |
| 8806 /* | |
| 8807 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8808 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8809 */ | |
| 5442 | 8810 theirscope = find_start_brace(); /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 8811 if (theirscope == NULL) |
| 8812 break; | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 /* | |
| 8815 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8816 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8817 * out of luck too. | |
| 8818 */ | |
| 8819 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8820 break; | |
| 8821 | |
| 8822 /* | |
| 8823 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8824 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8825 * different scope... | |
| 8826 */ | |
| 8827 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8828 continue; | |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 /* | |
| 8831 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8832 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8833 * increment elselevel | |
| 8834 */ | |
| 8835 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8836 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8839 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8840 ++elselevel; | |
| 8841 continue; | |
| 8842 } | |
| 8843 | |
| 8844 /* | |
| 8845 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8846 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8847 */ | |
| 5442 | 8848 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7 | 8849 { |
| 8850 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8851 continue; | |
| 8852 } | |
| 8853 | |
| 8854 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8855 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8856 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8857 { | |
| 8858 elselevel--; | |
| 8859 /* | |
| 8860 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8861 * get in the way. | |
| 8862 */ | |
| 8863 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8864 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8865 } | |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8868 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8869 whilelevel--; | |
| 8870 | |
| 8871 /* | |
| 8872 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8873 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8874 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8875 */ | |
| 8876 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8877 { | |
| 8878 return OK; | |
| 8879 } | |
| 8880 } | |
| 8881 } | |
| 8882 return FAIL; | |
| 8883 } | |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8886 /* | |
| 8887 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8888 */ | |
| 8889 int | |
| 8890 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8891 { | |
| 8892 int indent; | |
| 4117 | 8893 pos_T save_pos; |
| 8894 colnr_T save_curswant; | |
| 8895 int save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8896 int save_State; |
| 681 | 8897 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8898 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8899 |
| 4117 | 8900 /* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed |
| 8901 * via :normal commands */ | |
| 8902 save_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8903 save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 8904 save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8905 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 634 | 8906 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8907 ++sandbox; | |
| 8908 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8909 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8910 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8911 --sandbox; | |
| 8912 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8913 |
| 8914 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8915 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8916 * command. */ | |
| 8917 save_State = State; | |
| 8918 State = INSERT; | |
| 4117 | 8919 curwin->w_cursor = save_pos; |
| 8920 curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant; | |
| 8921 curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 8922 check_cursor(); |
| 8923 State = save_State; | |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8926 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8927 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 return indent; | |
| 8930 } | |
| 8931 # endif | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8934 | |
| 8935 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8936 | |
| 8937 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 static int | |
| 8940 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8941 char_u *p; | |
| 8942 { | |
| 8943 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8944 int len; | |
| 5712 | 8945 char_u *word = *curbuf->b_p_lw != NUL ? curbuf->b_p_lw : p_lispwords; |
| 7 | 8946 |
| 8947 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8948 { | |
| 8949 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8950 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8951 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8952 return TRUE; | |
| 8953 } | |
| 8954 return FALSE; | |
| 8955 } | |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 /* | |
| 8958 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8959 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8960 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8961 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8962 * | |
| 8963 * TODO: | |
| 8964 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8965 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8966 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8967 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8968 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8969 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8970 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8971 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8972 */ |
| 8973 int | |
| 8974 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8975 { | |
| 14 | 8976 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8977 int amount; |
| 8978 char_u *that; | |
| 8979 colnr_T col; | |
| 8980 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8981 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8982 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8983 | |
| 8984 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8985 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8986 | |
| 8987 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8988 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8989 | |
| 14 | 8990 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8991 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8992 else | |
| 8993 { | |
| 8994 paren = *pos; | |
| 8995 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8996 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8997 pos = &paren; | |
| 8998 } | |
| 8999 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 9000 { |
| 9001 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 9002 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 9003 amount = -1; | |
| 9004 parencount = 0; | |
| 9005 | |
| 9006 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 9007 { | |
| 9008 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 9009 continue; | |
| 9010 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 9011 { | |
| 9012 if (*that == ';') | |
| 9013 { | |
| 9014 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9015 ++that; | |
| 9016 continue; | |
| 9017 } | |
| 9018 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9019 { | |
| 9020 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9021 ++that; | |
| 9022 continue; | |
| 9023 } | |
| 9024 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9025 { | |
| 983 | 9026 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 9027 { | |
| 9028 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 9029 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9030 { | |
| 9031 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 9032 break; | |
| 9033 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 9034 { | |
| 9035 ++that; | |
| 9036 break; | |
| 9037 } | |
| 9038 } | |
| 9039 } | |
| 7 | 9040 } |
| 14 | 9041 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9042 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9043 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 9044 --parencount; |
| 9045 } | |
| 9046 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 9047 { | |
| 9048 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 9049 break; | |
| 9050 } | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 if (amount == -1) | |
| 9054 { | |
| 9055 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9056 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 9057 col = pos->col; | |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 9060 | |
| 9061 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 9062 amount = 2; | |
| 9063 else | |
| 9064 { | |
| 5995 | 9065 char_u *line = that; |
| 9066 | |
| 7 | 9067 amount = 0; |
| 9068 while (*that && col) | |
| 9069 { | |
| 5995 | 9070 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); |
| 7 | 9071 col--; |
| 9072 } | |
| 9073 | |
| 9074 /* | |
| 9075 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 9076 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 9077 * | |
| 9078 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 9079 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 9080 */ | |
| 9081 | |
| 14 | 9082 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9083 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 9084 amount += 2; |
| 9085 else | |
| 9086 { | |
| 9087 that++; | |
| 9088 amount++; | |
| 9089 firsttry = amount; | |
| 9090 | |
| 9091 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9092 { | |
| 5995 | 9093 amount += lbr_chartabsize(line, that, (colnr_T)amount); |
| 7 | 9094 ++that; |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 9098 { | |
| 1532 | 9099 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 9100 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 9101 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 9102 firsttry++; |
| 9103 | |
| 9104 parencount = 0; | |
| 9105 quotecount = 0; | |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 if (vi_lisp | |
| 9108 || (*that != '"' | |
| 9109 && *that != '\'' | |
| 9110 && *that != '#' | |
| 9111 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 9112 { | |
| 9113 while (*that | |
| 9114 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 9115 || quotecount | |
| 9116 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 9117 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9118 && !quotecount |
| 9119 && !parencount | |
| 9120 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 9121 { | |
| 9122 if (*that == '"') | |
| 9123 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 9124 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9125 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9126 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9127 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 9128 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9129 --parencount; |
| 9130 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 5995 | 9131 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv( |
| 9132 line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9133 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv( | |
| 9134 line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 7 | 9135 } |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9138 { | |
| 5995 | 9139 amount += lbr_chartabsize( |
| 9140 line, that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 7 | 9141 that++; |
| 9142 } | |
| 9143 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 9144 amount = firsttry; | |
| 9145 } | |
| 9146 } | |
| 9147 } | |
| 9148 } | |
| 9149 } | |
| 9150 else | |
| 14 | 9151 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 9152 |
| 9153 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 return amount; | |
| 9156 } | |
| 9157 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 void | |
| 9160 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 9161 { | |
| 39 | 9162 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 9163 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 9164 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 9165 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 9166 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 9167 #endif | |
| 9168 | |
| 7 | 9169 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 9170 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9171 { | |
| 9172 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 9173 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 9174 } | |
| 9175 else | |
| 9176 #endif | |
| 9177 { | |
| 9178 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9179 | |
| 9180 /* | |
| 9181 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9182 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9183 */ | |
| 9184 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9185 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9186 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9187 #endif | |
| 9188 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9189 out_flush(); | |
| 9190 } | |
| 9191 } | |
| 9192 | |
| 9193 /* | |
| 9194 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9195 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 5338 | 9196 * NOTE: This may be called from deathtrap() in a signal handler, avoid unsafe |
| 9197 * functions, such as allocating memory. | |
| 7 | 9198 */ |
| 9199 void | |
| 9200 preserve_exit() | |
| 9201 { | |
| 9202 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9205 | |
| 625 | 9206 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9207 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9208 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9209 | |
| 7 | 9210 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9211 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9212 out_flush(); | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9215 | |
| 9216 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9217 { | |
| 9218 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9219 { | |
| 5338 | 9220 OUT_STR("Vim: preserving files...\n"); |
| 7 | 9221 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ |
| 9222 out_flush(); | |
| 9223 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9224 break; | |
| 9225 } | |
| 9226 } | |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9229 | |
| 5338 | 9230 OUT_STR("Vim: Finished.\n"); |
| 7 | 9231 |
| 9232 getout(1); | |
| 9233 } | |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 /* | |
| 9236 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9237 */ | |
| 9238 int | |
| 9239 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9240 char_u *fname; | |
| 9241 { | |
| 9242 struct stat st; | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9245 return FALSE; | |
| 9246 return TRUE; | |
| 9247 } | |
| 9248 | |
| 9249 /* | |
| 9250 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9251 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9252 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9253 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9254 */ | |
| 9255 | |
| 9256 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9257 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9258 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9259 # else | |
| 9260 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9261 # endif | |
| 9262 #endif | |
| 9263 | |
| 9264 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 void | |
| 9267 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9268 { | |
| 9269 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9270 { | |
| 9271 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9272 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9273 } | |
| 9274 } | |
| 9275 | |
| 9276 /* | |
| 9277 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9278 */ | |
| 9279 void | |
| 9280 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9281 { | |
| 9282 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9283 { | |
| 9284 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9285 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9286 } | |
| 9287 } | |
| 9288 | |
| 9289 /* | |
| 2016 | 9290 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9291 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9292 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9293 */ | |
| 9294 int | |
| 9295 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9296 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9297 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9298 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9299 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9300 { | |
| 9301 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9302 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9303 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9304 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9305 int usedlen; | |
| 9306 | |
| 9307 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9308 { | |
| 9309 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9310 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9311 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9312 --emsg_off; | |
| 9313 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9314 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9315 } | |
| 9316 | |
| 9317 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9318 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9321 { | |
| 9322 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9323 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9324 } | |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 return ret; | |
| 9327 } | |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 /* | |
| 7 | 9330 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9331 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9332 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9333 */ |
| 9334 int | |
| 9335 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9336 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9337 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9338 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9339 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9340 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9341 { | |
| 9342 int retval; | |
| 9343 int i, j; | |
| 9344 char_u *p; | |
| 9345 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9346 | |
| 9347 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9348 | |
| 9349 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9350 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9351 return retval; |
| 9352 | |
| 9353 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9354 /* | |
| 9355 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9356 */ | |
| 9357 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9358 { | |
| 9359 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9362 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9363 { | |
| 9364 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9365 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9366 break; | |
| 9367 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9368 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9369 # endif | |
| 9370 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9371 { | |
| 9372 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9373 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9374 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9375 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9376 --*num_file; | |
| 9377 --i; | |
| 9378 } | |
| 9379 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9380 } | |
| 9381 } | |
| 9382 #endif | |
| 9383 | |
| 9384 /* | |
| 9385 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9386 */ | |
| 9387 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9388 { | |
| 9389 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9390 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9391 { | |
| 9392 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 /* | |
| 9395 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9396 * of the list. | |
| 9397 */ | |
| 9398 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9399 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9400 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9401 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9402 } | |
| 9403 } | |
| 9404 } | |
| 9405 | |
| 9406 return retval; | |
| 9407 } | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* | |
| 9410 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9411 */ | |
| 9412 int | |
| 9413 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9414 char_u *fname; | |
| 9415 { | |
| 9416 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9417 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9418 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9419 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9422 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9423 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9424 { | |
| 9425 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9426 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9427 { | |
| 9428 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9431 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9432 { | |
| 9433 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9434 break; | |
| 9435 } | |
| 9436 } | |
| 9437 else | |
| 9438 { | |
| 9439 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9440 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9441 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9442 break; | |
| 9443 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9444 } | |
| 7 | 9445 } |
| 9446 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9447 } | |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9450 | |
| 9451 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9452 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9453 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9454 # endif | |
| 9455 | |
| 9456 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9457 /* | |
| 9458 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9459 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9460 */ | |
| 9461 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9462 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9463 # else | |
| 9464 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9465 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9466 # endif | |
| 9467 # endif | |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 /* | |
| 9470 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9471 */ | |
| 9472 static int _cdecl | |
| 9473 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9474 { | |
| 39 | 9475 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9476 } |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9479 static void | |
| 9480 namelowcpy( | |
| 9481 char_u *d, | |
| 9482 char_u *s) | |
| 9483 { | |
| 9484 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9485 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9486 while (*s) | |
| 9487 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9488 else | |
| 9489 # endif | |
| 9490 while (*s) | |
| 9491 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9492 *d = NUL; | |
| 9493 } | |
| 9494 # endif | |
| 9495 | |
| 9496 /* | |
| 445 | 9497 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9498 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9499 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9500 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9501 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9502 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9503 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9504 */ |
| 9505 static int | |
| 9506 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9507 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9508 char_u *path, | |
| 9509 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9510 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9511 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9512 { |
| 9513 char_u *buf; | |
| 9514 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9515 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9516 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9517 char_u *pat; | |
| 9518 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9519 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9520 int matches; | |
| 9521 int len; | |
| 9522 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9523 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9524 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9525 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9526 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9527 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9528 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9529 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9530 # endif | |
| 9531 #else | |
| 9532 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9533 #endif | |
| 9534 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9535 int ok; |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9538 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9539 { | |
| 9540 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9541 if (got_int) | |
| 9542 return 0; | |
| 9543 } | |
| 7 | 9544 |
| 9545 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9546 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9547 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9548 return 0; | |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 /* | |
| 9551 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9552 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9553 */ | |
| 9554 p = buf; | |
| 9555 s = buf; | |
| 9556 e = NULL; | |
| 9557 path_end = path; | |
| 9558 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9559 { | |
| 9560 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9561 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9562 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9563 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9564 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9565 { | |
| 9566 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9567 break; | |
| 9568 s = p + 1; | |
| 9569 } | |
| 9570 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9571 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9572 e = p; | |
| 9573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9574 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9575 { | |
| 474 | 9576 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9577 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9578 p += len; | |
| 9579 path_end += len; | |
| 9580 } | |
| 9581 else | |
| 9582 #endif | |
| 9583 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9584 } | |
| 9585 e = p; | |
| 9586 *e = NUL; | |
| 9587 | |
| 9588 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9589 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9590 * component. */ | |
| 9591 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9592 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9593 { | |
| 1624 | 9594 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9595 --e; |
| 9596 --s; | |
| 9597 } | |
| 9598 | |
| 445 | 9599 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9600 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9601 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9602 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9603 | |
| 7 | 9604 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9605 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9606 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9607 { | |
| 9608 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9609 return 0; | |
| 9610 } | |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9613 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9614 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9615 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9616 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9617 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9618 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9619 vim_free(pat); |
| 9620 | |
| 3261 | 9621 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9622 { |
| 9623 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9624 return 0; | |
| 9625 } | |
| 9626 | |
| 9627 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9628 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9629 | |
| 445 | 9630 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9631 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9632 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9633 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9634 { | |
| 9635 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9636 ++stardepth; | |
| 9637 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9638 --stardepth; | |
| 9639 } | |
| 9640 | |
| 7 | 9641 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9642 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9643 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9644 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9645 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9646 { | |
| 9647 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9648 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9649 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9650 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9651 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9652 { | |
| 9653 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9654 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9655 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9656 { | |
| 9657 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9658 wn = NULL; | |
| 9659 } | |
| 9660 } | |
| 9661 } | |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9664 # endif | |
| 9665 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9666 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9667 #else | |
| 9668 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9669 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9670 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9671 #endif | |
| 9672 | |
| 9673 while (ok) | |
| 9674 { | |
| 9675 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9676 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9677 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9678 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9679 else |
| 9680 # endif | |
| 9681 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9682 #else | |
| 9683 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9684 #endif | |
| 9685 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9686 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9687 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9688 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9689 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9690 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9691 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9692 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9693 { |
| 9694 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9695 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9696 #else | |
| 9697 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9698 #endif | |
| 9699 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9700 |
| 9701 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9702 { | |
| 9703 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9704 * find matches. */ | |
| 9705 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9706 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9707 ++stardepth; | |
| 9708 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9709 --stardepth; | |
| 9710 } | |
| 9711 | |
| 7 | 9712 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9713 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9714 { | |
| 9715 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9716 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9717 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9718 } |
| 9719 else | |
| 9720 { | |
| 9721 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9722 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9723 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9724 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9725 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9726 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9727 } | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9731 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9732 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9733 { | |
| 9734 vim_free(p); | |
| 9735 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9736 } | |
| 9737 else | |
| 9738 # endif | |
| 9739 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9740 #else | |
| 9741 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9742 #endif | |
| 9743 | |
| 9744 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9745 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9746 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9747 { | |
| 9748 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9749 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9750 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9751 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9752 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9753 { | |
| 9754 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9755 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9756 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9757 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9758 } | |
| 9759 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9760 # endif | |
| 9761 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9762 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9763 #else | |
| 9764 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9765 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9766 #endif | |
| 9767 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9768 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9769 } | |
| 9770 } | |
| 9771 | |
| 9772 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9773 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9774 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9775 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9776 # endif | |
| 9777 #endif | |
| 9778 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
9779 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 9780 vim_free(matchname); |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9783 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9784 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9785 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9786 return matches; | |
| 9787 } | |
| 9788 | |
| 9789 int | |
| 9790 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9791 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9792 char_u *path, | |
| 9793 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9794 { | |
| 445 | 9795 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9796 } |
| 9797 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9798 | |
| 445 | 9799 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9800 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9801 /* | |
| 9802 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9803 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9804 */ | |
| 9805 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9806 | |
| 9807 static int | |
| 9808 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9809 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9810 { | |
| 9811 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9812 } | |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 /* | |
| 9815 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9816 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9817 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9818 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9819 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9820 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9821 */ | |
| 9822 int | |
| 9823 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9824 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9825 char_u *path; | |
| 9826 int wildoff; | |
| 9827 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9828 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9829 { | |
| 9830 char_u *buf; | |
| 9831 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9832 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9833 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9834 char_u *pat; | |
| 9835 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9836 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9837 int matches; | |
| 9838 int len; | |
| 9839 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9840 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9843 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9846 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9847 { | |
| 9848 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9849 if (got_int) | |
| 9850 return 0; | |
| 9851 } | |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9854 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9855 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9856 return 0; | |
| 9857 | |
| 9858 /* | |
| 9859 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9860 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9861 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9862 */ | |
| 9863 p = buf; | |
| 9864 s = buf; | |
| 9865 e = NULL; | |
| 9866 path_end = path; | |
| 9867 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9868 { | |
| 9869 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9870 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9871 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9872 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9873 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9874 { | |
| 9875 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9876 break; | |
| 9877 s = p + 1; | |
| 9878 } | |
| 9879 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9880 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 4242 | 9881 || (!p_fic && (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9882 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))))) | |
| 445 | 9883 e = p; |
| 9884 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9885 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9886 { | |
| 474 | 9887 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9888 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9889 p += len; | |
| 9890 path_end += len; | |
| 9891 } | |
| 9892 else | |
| 9893 #endif | |
| 9894 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9895 } | |
| 9896 e = p; | |
| 9897 *e = NUL; | |
| 9898 | |
| 2984 | 9899 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9900 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9901 * component. */ | |
| 9902 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9903 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9904 { | |
| 1624 | 9905 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9906 --e; |
| 9907 --s; | |
| 9908 } | |
| 9909 | |
| 9910 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9911 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9912 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9913 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9916 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9917 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9918 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9919 { | |
| 9920 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9921 return 0; | |
| 9922 } | |
| 9923 | |
| 9924 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 2652 | 9925 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9926 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9927 else | |
| 4242 | 9928 regmatch.rm_ic = p_fic; /* ignore case when 'fileignorecase' is set */ |
| 3261 | 9929 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9930 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9931 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9932 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9933 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9934 vim_free(pat); |
| 9935 | |
| 3261 | 9936 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9937 { |
| 9938 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9939 return 0; | |
| 9940 } | |
| 9941 | |
| 9942 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9943 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9944 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9945 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9946 { | |
| 9947 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9948 ++stardepth; | |
| 9949 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9950 --stardepth; | |
| 9951 } | |
| 9952 | |
| 9953 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9954 *s = NUL; | |
| 9955 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9956 | |
| 9957 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9958 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9959 { | |
| 9960 for (;;) | |
| 9961 { | |
| 9962 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9963 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9964 break; | |
| 9965 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9966 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9967 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9968 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9969 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9970 { |
| 9971 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9972 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9975 { | |
| 9976 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9977 * find matches. */ | |
| 9978 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9979 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9980 ++stardepth; | |
| 9981 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9982 --stardepth; | |
| 9983 } | |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9986 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9987 { | |
| 9988 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9989 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9990 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9991 } | |
| 9992 else | |
| 9993 { | |
| 9994 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9995 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9996 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9997 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9998 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9999 { | |
| 768 | 10000 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 10001 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 10002 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 10003 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 10004 |
| 445 | 10005 if (precomp_buf) |
| 10006 { | |
| 10007 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 10008 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 10009 } | |
| 10010 #endif | |
| 10011 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 10012 } | |
| 10013 } | |
| 10014 } | |
| 10015 } | |
| 10016 | |
| 10017 closedir(dirp); | |
| 10018 } | |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10021 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 445 | 10022 |
| 10023 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 10024 if (matches > 0) | |
| 10025 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 10026 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 10027 return matches; | |
| 10028 } | |
| 10029 #endif | |
| 10030 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10031 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10032 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10033 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10034 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10035 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10036 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10037 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10038 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10039 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10040 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10041 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10042 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10043 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10044 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10045 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10046 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10047 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10048 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10049 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10050 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10051 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10052 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10053 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10054 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10055 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10056 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10057 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10058 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10059 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10060 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10061 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10062 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10063 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10064 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10065 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10066 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10067 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10068 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10069 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10070 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10071 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10072 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10073 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10074 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10075 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10076 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10077 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10078 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10079 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10080 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10081 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10082 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10083 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10084 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10085 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10086 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10087 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10088 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10089 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 10090 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 10091 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10092 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10093 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10094 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10095 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10096 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10097 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10098 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
10099 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10100 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10101 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10102 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10103 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10104 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10105 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10106 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10107 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10108 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10109 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10110 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10111 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10112 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10113 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10114 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10115 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10116 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10117 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10118 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10119 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10120 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10121 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10122 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10123 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10124 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10125 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10126 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10127 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10128 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10129 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10130 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10131 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10132 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10133 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10134 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10135 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10136 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10137 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10138 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10139 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10140 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10141 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10142 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10143 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10144 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10145 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10146 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10147 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10148 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10149 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10150 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10151 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10152 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10153 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10154 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10155 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10156 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10157 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
10158 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10159 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10160 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10161 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10162 break; |
| 4335 | 10163 |
| 10164 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) | |
| 10165 /* Avoid the path ending in a backslash, it fails when a comma is | |
| 10166 * appended. */ | |
| 4342 | 10167 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 4335 | 10168 if (buf[len - 1] == '\\') |
| 10169 buf[len - 1] = '/'; | |
| 10170 # endif | |
| 10171 | |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10172 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10173 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10174 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10175 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10176 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10177 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10178 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10179 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10180 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10181 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10182 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10183 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10184 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10185 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10186 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10187 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10188 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10189 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10190 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10191 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10192 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10193 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10194 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10195 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10196 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10197 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10198 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10199 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10200 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10201 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10202 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10203 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10204 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10205 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10206 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10207 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10208 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10209 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10210 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10211 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10212 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10213 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10214 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10215 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10216 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10217 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10218 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10219 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10220 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10221 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10222 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10223 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10224 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10225 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10226 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10227 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10228 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10229 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10230 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10231 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10232 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10233 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10234 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10235 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10236 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10237 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10238 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10239 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10240 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10241 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10242 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10243 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10244 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10245 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10246 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10247 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10248 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10249 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10250 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10251 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10252 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10253 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10254 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10255 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10256 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10257 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10258 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10259 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10260 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10261 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10262 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10263 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10264 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10265 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10266 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10267 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10268 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10269 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10270 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10271 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10272 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10273 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10274 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10275 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10276 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10277 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10278 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10279 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10280 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10281 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10282 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10283 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10284 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10285 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10286 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10287 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10288 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10289 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10290 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10291 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10292 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10293 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10294 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10295 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10296 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10297 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10298 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10299 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10300 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10301 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10302 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10303 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10304 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10305 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10306 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10307 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10308 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10309 } |
| 2538 | 10310 |
| 10311 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10312 { | |
| 10313 /* | |
| 10314 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10315 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10316 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10317 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10318 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10319 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10320 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10321 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10322 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10323 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10324 */ |
| 10325 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10326 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10327 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10328 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10329 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10330 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10331 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10332 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10333 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10334 ) |
| 2538 | 10335 { |
| 10336 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10337 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10338 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10339 } |
| 10340 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10341 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10342 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10343 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10344 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10345 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10346 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10347 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10348 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10349 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10350 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10351 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10352 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10353 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10354 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10355 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10356 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10357 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10358 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10359 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10360 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10361 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10362 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10363 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10364 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10365 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10366 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10367 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10368 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10369 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10370 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10371 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10372 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10373 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10374 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10375 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10376 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10377 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10378 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10379 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10380 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10381 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10382 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10383 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10384 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10385 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10386 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10387 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10388 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10389 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10390 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10391 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10392 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10393 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10394 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10395 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10396 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10397 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10398 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10399 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10400 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10401 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10402 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10403 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10404 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10405 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10406 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10407 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10408 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10409 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10410 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10411 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10412 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10413 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10414 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10415 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10416 |
| 5873 | 10417 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga, ","); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10418 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10419 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10420 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10421 |
| 5873 | 10422 globpath(paths, pattern, gap, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10423 vim_free(paths); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10424 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10425 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10426 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10427 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10428 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10429 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10430 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10431 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10432 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10433 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10434 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10435 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10436 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10437 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10438 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10439 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10440 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10441 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10442 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10443 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10444 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10445 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10446 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10447 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10448 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10449 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10450 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10451 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10452 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10453 |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10454 static int has_env_var __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10455 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10456 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10457 * Return TRUE if "p" contains what looks like an environment variable. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10458 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10459 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10460 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10461 has_env_var(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10462 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10463 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10464 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10465 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10466 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10467 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10468 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10469 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10470 "$%" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10471 #else |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10472 "$" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10473 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10474 , *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10475 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10476 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10477 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10478 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10479 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10480 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10481 static int has_special_wildchar __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10482 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10483 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10484 * Return TRUE if "p" contains a special wildcard character. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10485 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10486 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10487 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10488 has_special_wildchar(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10489 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10490 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10491 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10492 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10493 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10494 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10495 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR, *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10496 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10497 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10498 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10499 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10500 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10501 |
| 7 | 10502 /* |
| 10503 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10504 * | |
| 10505 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10506 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10507 * | |
| 10508 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10509 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10510 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10511 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10512 */ | |
| 10513 int | |
| 10514 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10515 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10516 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10517 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10518 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10519 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10520 { | |
| 10521 int i; | |
| 10522 garray_T ga; | |
| 10523 char_u *p; | |
| 10524 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10525 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10526 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10527 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10528 #endif |
| 7 | 10529 |
| 10530 /* | |
| 10531 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10532 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10533 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10534 * return FAIL. | |
| 10535 */ | |
| 10536 if (recursive) | |
| 10537 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10538 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10539 #else | |
| 10540 return FAIL; | |
| 10541 #endif | |
| 10542 | |
| 10543 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10544 /* | |
| 10545 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10546 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10547 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10548 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10549 */ | |
| 10550 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10551 { | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10552 if (has_special_wildchar(pat[i]) |
| 7 | 10553 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK |
| 10554 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10555 # endif | |
| 10556 ) | |
| 10557 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10558 } | |
| 10559 #endif | |
| 10560 | |
| 10561 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10562 | |
| 10563 /* | |
| 10564 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10565 */ | |
| 10566 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10567 | |
| 10568 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10569 { | |
| 10570 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10571 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10572 | |
| 10573 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10574 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10575 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10576 else | |
| 10577 #endif | |
| 10578 { | |
| 10579 /* | |
| 10580 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10581 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10582 if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10583 { |
| 1408 | 10584 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10585 if (p == NULL) |
| 10586 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10587 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10588 /* | |
| 10589 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10590 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10591 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10592 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10593 else if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10594 { |
| 10595 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10596 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10597 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10598 flags); | |
| 10599 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10600 return i; | |
| 10601 } | |
| 10602 #endif | |
| 10603 } | |
| 10604 | |
| 10605 /* | |
| 10606 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10607 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10608 * the pattern. | |
| 10609 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10610 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10611 */ | |
| 10612 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10613 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10614 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10615 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10616 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10617 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10618 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10619 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10620 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10621 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10622 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10623 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10624 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10625 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10626 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10627 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10628 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10629 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10630 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10631 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10632 } |
| 7 | 10633 } |
| 10634 | |
| 10635 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10636 { | |
| 10637 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10638 | |
| 10639 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10640 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10641 #endif | |
| 10642 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10643 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10644 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10645 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10646 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10647 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10648 vim_free(t); | |
| 10649 } | |
| 10650 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10651 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10652 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10653 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10654 #endif |
| 7 | 10655 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10656 vim_free(p); | |
| 10657 } | |
| 10658 | |
| 10659 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10660 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10661 | |
| 10662 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10663 | |
| 10664 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10665 } | |
| 10666 | |
| 10667 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10668 | |
| 10669 /* | |
| 10670 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10671 */ | |
| 10672 static int | |
| 10673 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10674 char_u *p; | |
| 10675 { | |
| 10676 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10677 } | |
| 10678 | |
| 10679 /* | |
| 10680 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10681 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10682 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10683 */ | |
| 10684 static int | |
| 10685 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10686 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10687 char_u *pat; | |
| 10688 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10689 { | |
| 10690 char_u *p; | |
| 10691 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10692 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10693 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10694 int i; | |
| 10695 | |
| 10696 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10697 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10698 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10699 return 0; | |
| 10700 | |
| 10701 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10702 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10703 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10704 else |
| 10705 #endif | |
| 24 | 10706 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 5808 | 10707 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0, NULL); |
| 7 | 10708 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10709 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10710 return 0; | |
| 10711 | |
| 10712 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10713 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10714 { | |
| 10715 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10716 p = cmd; | |
| 10717 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10718 ++p; | |
| 10719 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10720 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10721 { | |
| 10722 i = *p; | |
| 10723 *p = NUL; | |
| 10724 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10725 *p = i; | |
| 10726 ++cnt; | |
| 10727 } | |
| 10728 cmd = p; | |
| 10729 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10730 ++cmd; | |
| 10731 } | |
| 10732 | |
| 10733 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10734 return cnt; | |
| 10735 } | |
| 10736 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10737 | |
| 10738 /* | |
| 10739 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10740 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10741 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10742 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10743 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10744 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10745 */ | |
| 10746 void | |
| 10747 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10748 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10749 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10750 int flags; | |
| 10751 { | |
| 10752 char_u *p; | |
| 10753 int isdir; | |
| 10754 | |
| 10755 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10756 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10757 return; | |
| 10758 | |
| 10759 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10760 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10761 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10762 return; | |
| 10763 #endif | |
| 10764 | |
| 10765 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10766 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10767 return; | |
| 10768 | |
| 716 | 10769 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 5782 | 10770 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f, NULL)) |
| 716 | 10771 return; |
| 10772 | |
| 7 | 10773 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10774 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10775 return; | |
| 10776 | |
| 10777 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10778 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10779 return; | |
| 10780 | |
| 10781 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10782 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10783 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10784 #endif | |
| 10785 /* | |
| 10786 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10787 */ | |
| 10788 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10789 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10790 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10791 #endif | |
| 10792 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10793 } | |
| 10794 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10795 | |
| 10796 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10797 | |
| 10798 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10799 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10800 #endif | |
| 10801 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10802 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10803 #endif | |
| 10804 | |
| 10805 /* | |
| 10806 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 5808 | 10807 * If "ret_len" is NULL replace NUL characters with NL. When "ret_len" is not |
| 10808 * NULL store the length there. | |
| 7 | 10809 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. |
| 10810 */ | |
| 10811 char_u * | |
| 5808 | 10812 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags, ret_len) |
| 7 | 10813 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10814 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10815 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 5808 | 10816 int *ret_len; |
| 7 | 10817 { |
| 10818 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10819 char_u *command; | |
| 10820 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10821 int len; | |
| 10822 int i = 0; | |
| 10823 FILE *fd; | |
| 10824 | |
| 10825 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10826 return NULL; | |
| 10827 | |
| 10828 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10829 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10830 { | |
| 10831 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10832 return NULL; | |
| 10833 } | |
| 10834 | |
| 10835 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10836 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10837 if (command == NULL) |
| 10838 goto done; | |
| 10839 | |
| 10840 /* | |
| 10841 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10842 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10843 */ | |
| 10844 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10845 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10846 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10847 | |
| 10848 vim_free(command); | |
| 10849 | |
| 10850 /* | |
| 10851 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10852 */ | |
| 10853 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10854 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10855 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10856 # else | |
| 10857 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10858 # endif | |
| 10859 | |
| 10860 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10861 { | |
| 10862 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10863 goto done; | |
| 10864 } | |
| 10865 | |
| 10866 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10867 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10868 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10869 | |
| 10870 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10871 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10872 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10873 fclose(fd); | |
| 10874 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10875 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10876 goto done; | |
| 10877 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10878 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10879 #endif | |
| 10880 if (i != len) | |
| 10881 { | |
| 10882 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10883 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10884 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10885 } | |
| 5808 | 10886 else if (ret_len == NULL) |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10887 { |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10888 /* Change NUL into SOH, otherwise the string is truncated. */ |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10889 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
|
5275
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
10890 if (buffer[i] == NUL) |
|
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
10891 buffer[i] = 1; |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10892 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10893 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
10894 } |
| 5808 | 10895 else |
| 10896 *ret_len = len; | |
| 7 | 10897 |
| 10898 done: | |
| 10899 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10900 return buffer; | |
| 10901 } | |
| 10902 #endif | |
| 10903 | |
| 10904 /* | |
| 10905 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10906 * functions. | |
| 10907 */ | |
| 10908 void | |
| 10909 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10910 int count; | |
| 10911 char_u **files; | |
| 10912 { | |
| 838 | 10913 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10914 return; |
| 10915 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10916 /* | |
| 10917 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10918 * been used??? | |
| 10919 */ | |
| 10920 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10921 #else | |
| 10922 while (count--) | |
| 10923 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10924 vim_free(files); | |
| 10925 #endif | |
| 10926 } | |
| 10927 | |
| 10928 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10929 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10930 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10931 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10932 */ | |
| 10933 int | |
| 10934 goto_im() | |
| 10935 { | |
| 10936 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10937 } | |
| 5867 | 10938 |
| 10939 /* | |
| 5911 | 10940 * Returns the isolated name of the shell in allocated memory: |
| 5867 | 10941 * - Skip beyond any path. E.g., "/usr/bin/csh -f" -> "csh -f". |
| 10942 * - Remove any argument. E.g., "csh -f" -> "csh". | |
| 10943 * But don't allow a space in the path, so that this works: | |
| 10944 * "/usr/bin/csh --rcfile ~/.cshrc" | |
| 10945 * But don't do that for Windows, it's common to have a space in the path. | |
| 10946 */ | |
| 10947 char_u * | |
| 10948 get_isolated_shell_name() | |
| 10949 { | |
| 10950 char_u *p; | |
| 10951 | |
| 10952 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10953 p = gettail(p_sh); | |
| 10954 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p)); | |
| 10955 #else | |
| 10956 p = skiptowhite(p_sh); | |
| 10957 if (*p == NUL) | |
| 10958 { | |
| 10959 /* No white space, use the tail. */ | |
| 10960 p = vim_strsave(gettail(p_sh)); | |
| 10961 } | |
| 10962 else | |
| 10963 { | |
| 10964 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 10965 | |
| 10966 /* Find the last path separator before the space. */ | |
| 10967 p1 = p_sh; | |
| 10968 for (p2 = p_sh; p2 < p; mb_ptr_adv(p2)) | |
| 10969 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 10970 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 10971 p = vim_strnsave(p1, (int)(p - p1)); | |
| 10972 } | |
| 10973 #endif | |
| 10974 return p; | |
| 10975 } |